Carpenter & Patterson Pipe Hangers

Catalog No. 6.1

WITCH PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS

PIPE SUPPORT HARDWARE

CARPENTER & PATERSON, INC. DESIGNERS • ENGINEERS • MANUFACTURERS

Introduction Since 1913 Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. has specialized in the manufacture and distribution of a complete line of pipe hangers and supports for commercial and industrial applications. Our designs are in accordance with ANSI B31.1 and MSS-SP 58. We have extensive capabilities to design, and fabricate support systems utilizing the latest technologies that will satisfy all customer requirements. Our sales and engineering group offer a full range of experience in the areas of product design and value engineering and are available to discuss your project needs. Our supports have been specified and installed on major water treatment, pharmaceutical, process piping, petro-chemical, hospital, and school buildings as well as many other industrial projects throughout the world. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. products and the “Witch” trademark are synonymous in the pipe support industry for quality. Our mission is to support the mechanical industry with timely estimates, efficient designs, and full-line inventories that will allow us to meet our customers critical schedules.

WITCH PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS

© Copyright 2001 Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. All Rights Reserved

PICTORIAL INDEX PIPE ATTACHMENTS

Figure 1A Band Hanger Page 11

Figure 34 Hinge Hanger Page 13

Figure 72 Pipe Clip Page 15

Figures 81, 81BRT, 81PT, 81SG Extension Ring Hanger Page 16

Figure 89 Riser Clamp Page 18

CL CL

Figures 90, 90PT Split Ring Hanger, Double Tapping Page 19

Figures 91, 91Z Heavy Duty Three Bolt Pipe Clamp Pages 20, 21

Figures 100, 100SS Clevis Hanger Page 22

CL

CL

Figure 100DI Clevis Hanger for Ductile Iron Pipe Page 24

Figure 100EL Elongated Clevis Hanger Page 25

Figure 111 Wire Pipe Hook Page 28

Figure 114 Short Clip Page 29

CL

CL

Figure 126 Extension Riser Clamp Page 32

Figure 126LD Plastic Pipe Riser Clamp Page 34

CL

CL

CL

Figure 100SH Refrigeration Hanger and Shield Page 26

Figure 101 Adjustable Pipe Support Page 27

Figure 101U Adjustable Floor Support Page 28

CL

CL

Figure 124 Riser Clamp Page 30

Figure 125 Pipe Stanchion with U-Bolt Page 31

Figure 125SP Floor Support Page 32

1


CL

Figure 127 Anchor Chair Page 34

Figure 136 Pipe Support Page 35

Figure 136SP Floor Support Page 32

Figure 137 Adjustable Pipe Support Page 35

Figure 138 Threaded Base Stand Page 36

CL

C L

Figure 145 Pipe Chair Page 37

Figure 158 Ductile Iron Pipe Clamp Page 38

CL

Figure 200 Light Duty Clevis Hanger Page 41

Figure 158DB Double Bolt Ductile Iron Pipe Clamp Page 38

Figures 175, 175SP Two Bolt Pipe Clamp Page 40

Figure 179 Offset Pipe Clamp Page 39

Figure 200VT Vee Trough Page 85

Figure 221 Wall Pipe Support Page 43

Figure 222 Short U-Bolt Page 44

CL

Figure 200V Vee Clevis Hanger Page 42

A

Figure 227 Return Line Offset Hook Page 45

2

Figure 227S Return Line Hook Page 45

Figure 237S One Hole Pipe Clamp Page 46

Figure 240 Adjustable Split Swivel Hanger Page 47

Figure 247 Pipe Support Page 46


CL

Figure 258 Underground Socket Clamp Washer Page 39

Figure 267 Extended Offset Pipe Clamp Page 48

Figure 282 Right Angle Beam Clamp Page 48

CL

CL

Figures 283, 283SS Standard U-Bolt Page 49

Figure 283L Light Duty U-bolt Page 51

Figure 374 Angle Iron Support Page 118

CL

Figure 298 Heavy Duty Two Bolt Pipe Clamp Page 52

Figure 304 Three Bolt Pipe Clamp Page 53

Figure 304Z Alloy Three Bolt Pipe Clamp Page 54

Figure 371 Back-to-Back Channel Assembly Page 118

Figure 800 Adjustable Swivel Ring Page 55

Figure 800FP NFPA Swivel Ring Page 57

Figure C1108 Pipe Strap Page 59

Figure DWV Drain, Waste, Vent Clamp Page 59

PIPE ROLLS

Figure 17 Chair and Roll Page 60

Figure 39 Chair and Roll Page 61

Figure 40 Adjustable Chair and Roll Page 63

Figure 53 Adjustable Chair and Roll Page 65

Figure 54 Roller Chair Page 67

3

PICTORIAL INDEX PIPE ROLLS

CL

Figure 63 Roll and Plate Page 68

Figure 67 Pipe Roll Page 69

Figure 109 Adjustable Roll Support Page 71

Figure 142 Adjustable Roll Support Page 76

Figure 173 Pipe Roll Page 77

Figure 333 Roller Support Page 78

Figure 110 Roller Support Page 72

Figure 140 Harvard Roll Hanger Page 73

PIPE SADDLES AND SHIELDS

CL

Saddle with Fig. 173 Roll

Figure 265GS Insulation Shield Page 79

Figure 265P Insulation Shield Page 80

Figure 265 CVB Iron Pipe Insulation Shield Page 81

Figure 351 thru 357Z Pipe Covering Protection Saddles Pages 82-85

Figure 465 CVB High Temperature Page 86

Figure 18 Top or Side Beam Clamp Page 90

Figure 31 J Beam Hook Page 103

BEAM CLAMPS

Figure 6 Top Beam Clamp Page 87

4

Figures 14 , 14A Adjustable Beam Clamp Page 88

Figure 15 Beam Clamp Page 89

PICTORIAL INDEX BEAM CLAMPS

Figure 82 Adjustable Beam Clamp Page 91

Figure 217 Adjustable Side Beam Clamp Page 94

Figure 268 Beam Clamp Page 95

Figure 297 Steel Beam Clamp with Eyenut Page 96

Figure 314 Extended Beam Clamp Page 97

Figure 192 Top Beam Clamp with Locking Nut Page 92

Figure 192RS Top Beam Clamp Retaining Clip Page 92

Figure 702 Beam Clamp with Swing Nut Page 98 C-CLAMPS

Figure 22 C-Clamp Retaining Clip Page 99

Figures 47, 47SS C-Clamp with Locking Nut Page 100

Figure 238 C-Clamp without Locking Nut Page 100

Figure 192W Wide Mouth Top Beam Clamp Page 93

Figure 196 C-Clamp with Locking Nut Page 101

Figure 290 Purlin Clamp Page 95

5

PICTORIAL INDEX STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

Figure 9 Angle knee Page 102

Figure 10 Extension Bar Page 102

Figure 49 Wall Bracket Page 103

Figure 69 Light Welded Steel Bracket Page 104

Figure 75 , 75N Steel Concrete Insert and Nut Page 105

Figure 78 Steel Bracket Clip Page 104

Figure 83 Bracket Page 106

Figure 84 Medium Welded Steel Bracket Page 106

Figures 85E, 85B, 85SE Single Plate Page 107

Figure 104F Female Ceiling Mount Bolt Page 108

CL

CL

CL

6

Figure 104M Male Ceiling Mount Bolt Page 108

Figure 108, 108N Malleable Concrete Insert and Nut Page 109

Figure 113A, 113B Welded Beam Attachment Page 110

Figure 139 Heavy Welded Steel Bracket Page 111

Figure 143 Metal Deck Ceiling Bolt Page 111

Figure 150 Steel Bracket Page 112

Figure 151 Ceiling Stirrup Page 112

Figure 152 Return Line Angle Page 113

Figure 153, 153S Side Beam Connector Page 113

Figure 177 Anchor Bolt Page 114

PICTORIAL INDEX STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

Figure 216 Welding Clevis Attachment Page 114

Figure 650 Steel Concrete Insert Page 119

Figure 220 Welding Lug Page 115

Figure 303 Side Beam Angle Bracket Page 117

Figure 650N Concrete Insert Nut Page 119

Figure 450 Pipe Sleeve Page 138

Figure 1020 Concrete Attachment Page 120

Figure 453 Waterproof Pipe Sleeve Page 139

Figure 1022 Concrete Single Plate Lug Page 121

RODS AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

Figure 12 Eye Socket Page 122

Figure 28 Lag Rod Page 122

Figures 33, 33L Machine Thread Eye Rod (Unwelded) Page 123

Figure 38 Hanger Adjuster Page 123

Figure 93, 93L Welded Eyerod Page 124

Figures 123, 123W Steel Rod Coupling Page 125

Figure 94, 94SS All-Thread Hanger Rod Page 125

Figures 133, 133L Machine Thread Rod Page 126

Figure 102 Light Duty Washer Plate Page 126

Figure 123R Steel Reducing Rod Coupling Page 124

7

PICTORIAL INDEX RODS AND ROD ATTACHMENTS

Figure 132 Turnbuckle Page 127

Figure 157 Extension Piece Page 127

Figures 167, 167R Malleable Rod Coupling Page 128

Figure 224 Round Hanger Rod (Plain Ends) Page 128

Figures 306, 341 Linked Eye Rods Page 131

Figure 701 Male and Female Swing Rod Fitting Page 131

Figure 260 Washer Plate Page 129

CL

Figures 276, 276P Forged Steel Clevis Page 130

Figures 279, 279L Forged Weldless Eyenut Page 130

FASTENERS

8

Figure 11 Flattened End Lag Screw Page 132

Figure 59 Toggle Bolt Page 132

Figure 107 Steel Coach Screw Page 133

Figure 162 Hex Head Bolt Page 134

Figure 166 Steel Drive Screw Page 135

Figures 165, 165H Hex Nut Page 134

Figures 103, 103E, 103G, 103S Round Washer Page 133

Figure 176 Lock Washer Page 135

Figure 514 Drop-In Type Concrete Anchor Page 134

Figure 1309 Wedge Anchor Page 135

PICTORIAL INDEX PIPE GUIDES AND SLIDES

Figure 1006 Pipe Alignment Guide Page 140

Figure 1007 Pipe Alignment Guide Page 142

Figure 1010 Pipe Slide Assembly Page 144

COPPER TUBING HANGERS

Figure 1A CT Copper Tubing Band Hanger Page12

Figure 12CT Eye Socket Page 122

Figure 34CT Hinge Hanger for Copper Tubing Page 13

Figure 38CT Hanger Adjuster Page 123

Figure 66CT Stamped Steel Hanger Page 14

CL

Figure 72CT Copper Tubing Pipe Clip Page 15

Figure 81CT, 81SCT Copper Extension Ring Hanger Page 17

Figure 85CT, 85SCT Single Plate Page 107

Figure 365 CVB Copper Tubing Insulation Shield Page 81

Figure 800CT Copper Tubing Swivel Ring Page 56

Figure 90CT Split Ring Hanger, Double Tapping Page 19

Figure 100CT Copper Clevis Hanger Page 23

CL

Figure 126CT Copper Riser Clamp Page 33

9

PICTORIAL INDEX PVC COATED ATTACHMENTS

CL CL

CL

CL

Figure 1A PVC PVC Band Hanger Page 11

Figure 100PVC PVC Clevis Hanger Page 22

Figure 126PVC PVC Coated Riser Clamp Page 33

Figure 126LD PVC Plastic Pipe Riser Clamp Page 34

CL

Figure 283PVC PVC Coated Standard U-Bolt Page 49

Figure 800PVC PVC Coated Adjustable Swivel Ring Page 58 ENGINEERED PRODUCTS

10

Figure 399 Spring Hanger Page 138

Figure 478 Cushion Spring Assembly Page 139

Figures 910, 920, 940, 960 Variable Springs Upon Request

Figure 2250 Rigid Struts Upon Request

Figure 2301, 2302 Sway Brace Assemblies Upon Request

Figure 7054 Horizontal Traveler Upon Request

Figures 880H, 880V Constant Springs Upon Request

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

BAND HANGER

A

Figure 1A Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, while the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. For copper tubing please see our Figure 1A CT. For plastic coated please see our Figure 1A PVC. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 7, MSS-SP-69 Type 7. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M1A.

E C D

PVC BAND HANGER Figure 1A PVC This product is designed to protect the pipe from coming into direct contact with the hanger by having the contact surface PVC coated. Install the same as a Figure 1A. Material: Carbon Steel Operating temperature: Should not exceed 140° F / 60° C. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 7, MSS-SP-69 Type 7. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M1A PVC. See Figure 1A for plain and electro-galvanized finishes. For Copper Tubing see Figure 1A CT. FIGURE 1A – BAND HANGER PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200

MAXIMUM LOAD 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 970 4315 970 4315 970 4315 1250 5560 1250 5560 1600 7117 1800 8007

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

C 21⁄4 57 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄16 59 27⁄16 62 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 33⁄4 95 37⁄8 98 41⁄4 108 415⁄16 125 515⁄16 151 715⁄16 202

D 211⁄16 68 211⁄16 68 213⁄16 71 33⁄16 81 37⁄16 87 41⁄16 103 47⁄16 113 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 61⁄2 165 75⁄8 194 91⁄4 235 121⁄4 311

ADJ. E 13⁄8 35 11⁄8 29 11⁄16 27 1 25 11⁄16 27 13⁄16 30 7 ⁄8 22 13⁄8 35 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 111⁄16 43 21⁄2 64

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS

WEIGHT EACH 0.13 0.06 0.13 0.06 0.14 0.06 0.16 0.07 0.18 0.08 0.20 0.09 0.37 0.17 0.43 0.20 0.47 0.21 0.69 0.31 0.82 0.37 1.50 0.68 1.89 0.86

LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 11

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

COPPER TUBING BAND HANGER

A

Figure 1A CT Designed to support non-insulated, copper tubing lines from above. Install the same as a Figure 1A. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Copper. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 7, MSS-SP-69 Type 7. Ordering: Specify tubing size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M1A CT. See Figure 1A for plain and electro-galvanized finishes. For PVC Coating refer to Figure 1A PVC.

E C D

FIGURE 1A CT – COPPER TUBING BAND HANGER TUBE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100

DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 12

MAX LOAD 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 970 4315 970 4315 1250 5560


ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

C 27⁄16 62 23⁄4 70 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 23⁄8 60 29⁄16 65 215⁄16 75 31⁄4 83 37⁄16 87 33⁄4 95

D 23⁄4 70 211⁄16 68 211⁄16 68 213⁄16 71 37⁄16 87 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 413⁄16 122 51⁄4 133 515⁄16 151

ADJ. E 15⁄8 41 15⁄16 33 11⁄16 27 15 ⁄16 24 11⁄16 27 1 25 11⁄16 27 1 25 1 25 1 25

WEIGHT EACH 0.11 0.05 0.11 0.05 0.11 0.05 0.12 0.05 0.14 0.06 0.16 0.07 0.16 0.07 0.38 0.17 0.42 0.19 0.45 0.20

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

HINGE HANGER Figure 34 Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above. The hinged design is easier to install making it ideal for retrofit needs. The Figure 38 Hanger Adjustor is commonly used to connect to this part. For Copper Tubing please see the Figure 34CT. Material: Malleable Iron. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 11, MSS-SP-69 Type 11. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M34.

A

HINGE HANGER FOR COPPER TUBING Figure 34CT Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above. The hinged design is easier to install making it ideal for retrofit needs. The Figure 38CT Hanger Adjustor is commonly used to connect to this part. For piping sizes please see the Figure 34. Material: Malleable Iron. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 11, MSS-SP-69 Type 11. Finish: Copper. Ordering: Specify tubing size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M34CT.

FIGURE 34 – HINGE HANGER PIPE SIZE 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200

MAX LOAD 200 890 200 890 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 450 2002 450 2002 450 2002 520 2313 520 2313 1300 5783 1800 8007

A 3 ⁄4 19 15 ⁄16 24 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 19⁄16 40 111⁄16 43 21⁄16 52 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 31⁄8 79 35⁄8 92 41⁄2 114 57⁄16 138 63⁄8 162

WEIGHT EACH 0.07 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.11 0.05 0.12 0.05 0.17 0.08 0.20 0.09 0.32 0.15 0.43 0.20 0.67 0.30 0.86 0.39 0.93 0.42 1.52 0.69 2.64 1.20 3.84 1.74

FIGURE 34CT – HINGE HANGER for Copper Tubing TUBE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100

MAX LOAD 200 890 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 450 2002 450 2002 450 2002 520 2313

A 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 111⁄16 43 115⁄16 49 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 215⁄16 75

WEIGHT EACH 0.08 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.12 0.05 0.14 0.06 0.18 0.08 0.26 0.12 0.38 0.17 0.49 0.22 0.64 0.29 0.88 0.40

A




PIPE ATTACHMENTS

STAMPED STEEL HANGER Figure 66CT Our Figure 66CT Stamped Steel Hanger for copper tubing is a strong, neat, and light concealed screw hanger. It supports the tubing one inch from the back of the tube to the wall and has only two parts. It takes the place of rough unsightly looking hangers in a finish room and eliminates the use of ordinary pipe clips. Material: Steel. Finish: Copper. Ordering: Specify tube size and figure number. FIGURE 66CT – STAMPED STEEL HANGER TUBE SIZE 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32

A 11⁄8 29 13⁄16 30 15⁄16 33 17⁄16 37 19⁄16 40


B 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41



WEIGHT EACH 0.075 0.03 0.075 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.085 0.04 0.09 0.04

A

B

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PIPE CLIP

FIG. 72 – PIPE CLIP

Figure 72 The Figure 72 is designed to hold pipe flush to the mounting surface. A reinforcing bead through the center adds strength to the product. Our Figure 72CT is available for copper tubing lines. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure number. For Metric applications Specify Figure M72.

D H (TYP)

C B

PIPE SIZE 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150

B 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 23⁄4 70 33⁄8 86 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 5 127 63⁄8 162 73⁄8 187 83⁄8 213 101⁄8 257 111⁄8 283

C 15⁄8 41 17⁄8 48 2 51 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 57⁄8 149 71⁄8 181 81⁄2 216 91⁄2 241

D 5 ⁄8 16 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 2 51 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 55⁄8 143 65⁄8 168

COPPER TUBING PIPE CLIP

FIG. 72CT – COPPER TUBING PIPE CLIP

Figure 72CT

TUBING SIZE 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50

The Figure 72CT is designed to hold copper tubing flush to the mounting surface. Our Figure 72 is available for steel piping lines. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Copper. Ordering: Specify tubing size, and figure number. For Metric applications Specify Figure M72CT.

D

B 2 51 2 51 23⁄8 60 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 37⁄8 98 41⁄2 114

C 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄4 44 23⁄4 70 3 76 3 76 35⁄8 92

D 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54

H 3 ⁄16 5 3 ⁄16 5 3 ⁄16 5 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 11 ⁄32 9 11 ⁄32 9 11 ⁄32 9 11 ⁄32 9 11 ⁄32 9

WGT. EACH 0.03 0.01 0.04 0.02 0.07 0.03 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.14 0.06 0.22 0.10 0.25 0.11 0.30 0.14 0.40 0.18 0.70 0.32 0.80 0.36

H 3 ⁄16 5 3 ⁄16 5 3 ⁄16 5 3 ⁄16 5 3 ⁄16 5 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11

WGT. EACH 0.019 0.009 0.020 0.009 0.022 0.010 0.025 0.011 0.031 0.014 0.063 0.029 0.075 0.034

H (TYP)

C B




PIPE ATTACHMENTS

EXTENSION RING HANGER Figure Figure Figure Figure

81 81BRT 81PT 81SG

(Rod Tapped – Electro-Galvanized) (Rod Tapped – Plain Finish) (Pipe Tapped – Electro-Galvanized) (Two Bolt, Rod Tapped, Domestic – Electro-Galvanized) This split ring hanger is designed for the support of non-insulated stationary pipe lines. Also available in a two screw design. The Figure 85 or 85CT Ceiling Plate is normally used with this product. Material: Malleable Iron, except Figure 81SG and 81SCT which are carbon steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. For Copper Coating please see Figure 81CT or Figure 81SCT. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 12, MSS-SP-69 Type 12. Ordering: Specify pipe size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M81, M81BRT, M81PT, M81SG or 81SCT. A

A

B

B

FIGURE 81 AND 81SG – EXTENSION HANGER RING PIPE SIZE 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100

MAX LOAD 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 480 2135 480 2135 480 2135



PIPE SIZE A 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄2 15 1 ⁄2 15 1 ⁄2 15 WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

FIGURE 81 B 13 ⁄16 21 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄8 29 15⁄16 33 17⁄16 37 111⁄16 43 21⁄8 54 27⁄16 62 31⁄5 81

FIGURE 81SG B 23

⁄32 18 13 ⁄16 21 31 ⁄32 25 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38

WEIGHT EACH FIG. 81 FIG. 81SG 0.16 0.07 0.17 0.10 0.08 0.05 0.20 0.11 0.09 0.05 0.21 0.12 0.10 0.05 0.29 0.13 0.13 0.06 0.31 0.14 0.14 0.06 0.35 0.16 0.16 0.07 0.57 0.26 0.72 0.33 1.16 0.53

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

COPPER EXTENSION RING HANGER Figure 81CT Figure 81SCT (Domestic) This split ring hanger is designed for the support of non-insulated copper tubing lines. The Figure 81CT is furnished tapped for bolt thread and is used with the Figure 85CT Ceiling Plate. Also available in a two bolt design. Material: Malleable Iron. Figure 81SCT is Carbon Steel. Finish: Copper. For Electro-Galvanizing please see Figure 81. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type12, MSS-SP-69 Type 12. Ordering: Specify tube size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M81CT or Figure M81SCT.

A

A

B

B

FIGURE 81CT AND 81SCT – COPPER EXTENSION HANGER RING TUBE SIZE 1 ⁄4 8 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100

MAX LOAD 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 480 2135 480 2135 480 2135

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 15 1 ⁄2 15 1 ⁄2 15

FIG. 81CT B 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 2 51 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70

FIG 81SCT B

19

⁄32 15 23 ⁄32 18 27 ⁄32 21 1 25 13⁄32 28 111⁄32 34

WEIGHT EACH FIG. 81CT FIG 81SCT 0.06 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.08 0.09 0.04 0.04 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05 0.12 0.11 0.05 0.05 0.14 0.12 0.06 0.05 0.18 0.13 0.08 0.06 0.24 0.15 0.11 0.07 0.38 0.17 0.48 0.22 0.68 0.31




PIPE ATTACHMENTS

RISER CLAMP

FIGURE 89 – RISER CLAMP

Figure 89 The Figure 89 is normally used for the support of uninsulated vertical piping where no movement will occur. This product is not intended for use with hanger rods. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 8, MSS-SP-69 Type 8. Load Rating: Up to 650° F (343° C). Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M89.

6" A




PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500

MAXIMUM LOAD 255 1134 255 1134 255 1134 255 1134 255 1134 255 1134 390 1735 530 2358 810 3603 1160 5160 1570 6984 2500 11121 2500 11121 2700 12011 2700 12011 2900 12900 2900 12900 2900 12900

A 93⁄8 238 93⁄8 238 95⁄8 244 10 254 103⁄8 264 103⁄4 273 111⁄4 286 12 305 131⁄2 343 141⁄2 368 151⁄2 394 181⁄2 470 203⁄4 527 223⁄4 578 24 610 26 660 28 711 30 762

WEIGHT EACH 1.30 0.59 1.36 0.62 1.38 0.63 1.95 0.88 2.01 0.91 2.17 0.98 2.29 1.04 2.50 1.13 3.42 1.55 5.10 2.31 5.50 2.49 10.0 4.54 11.4 5.17 17.6 7.98 19.25 8.73 32.5 14.7 33.8 15.3 35.0 15.88

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

SPLIT RING HANGER – DOUBLE TAPPING

FIGURE 90 – SPLIT RING HANGER - DOUBLE TAPPING A

Figure 90 Figure 90CT Figure 90PT

(Rod Tapped – Electro-galvanized) (Rod Tapped – Copper Finish) (Pipe Tapped – Electro-galvanized) This split ring hanger is designed for the support of noninsulated stationary pipe lines, one pipe line under the other, by means of a pipe nipple or threaded rods. The Figure 85 or 85CT Ceiling Plate is normally used with this product. The combined loads for all hangers used must not exceed the rating of the structural attachment. Material: Malleable Iron. Finish: Electro-galvanized. For Copper Coating please see Figure 90CT. Ordering: Specify pipe size, bolt or pipe thread, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M90. A

PIPE SIZE 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100

MAX LOAD 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 180 801 460 2046 460 2046 460 2046

ROD SIZE 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄4 8 1 ⁄2 15 1 ⁄2 15 1 ⁄2 15

BOLT SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

B 17⁄8 48 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 2 51 31⁄8 79 35⁄8 92 41⁄2 114 51⁄8 130 65⁄8 168

WEIGHT EACH 0.16 0.07 0.17 0.08 0.20 0.09 0.21 0.10 0.29 0.13 0.31 0.14 0.35 0.16 0.57 0.26 0.72 0.33 1.16 0.53

B

A




PIPE ATTACHMENTS

HEAVY DUTY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP

C F

Figure 91 The Figure 91 is designed to accommodate higher loads than the Figure 304 for insulated piping. The spacer on the top inner bolt provides uniform space for the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. Rated loads are for up to 750° F (399° C). Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 3, MSS-SP-69 Type 3, and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M91.

D E

CL B

H

FIGURE 91 – HEAVY DUTY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

MAXIMUM LOAD 650° F 750° F 343° C 399° C 3500 3125 15569 13901 4800 4285 21352 19061 5500 4910 24466 21842 7000 6250 31139 27802 9500 8485 42260 37745 10000 8930 44484 39724 13800 12325 61388 54827 15300 13665 68060 60787 16300 14555 72509 64746 20500 18300 91192 81406 28000 ……. 124555 …….



B

C

D

43⁄ 4 121 6 152 71⁄ 4 184 87⁄ 8 225 10 254 107⁄ 8 276 121⁄ 2 318 131⁄ 2 343 16 406 197⁄ 8 505 245⁄ 8 625

13 ⁄ 4 44 2 51 21 ⁄ 4 57 21 ⁄ 2 64 21⁄ 2 64 3 76 31 ⁄ 2 89 31 ⁄ 2 89 31⁄ 2 89 41 ⁄ 4 108 41 ⁄ 2 114

101⁄ 4 260 113⁄ 8 289 131⁄ 8 333 147⁄ 8 378 155⁄ 8 397 171⁄ 8 435 193⁄ 4 502 203⁄ 4 527 231⁄ 4 591 323⁄ 4 832 401⁄ 4 1022


TAKE OUT E 9 229 101⁄ 8 257 113⁄ 8 289 127⁄ 8 327 135⁄ 8 346 147⁄ 8 378 171⁄ 4 438 181⁄ 4 464 201⁄ 4 514 281⁄ 4 718 343⁄ 4 883

F

H

1 M24 11 ⁄ 8 M30 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 2 M36 11 ⁄ 2 M36 13 ⁄ 4 M42 2 M48 2 M48 2 M48 21 ⁄ 4 M56 23⁄ 4 M72

6 152 71 ⁄ 4 184 9 229 107⁄ 8 276 12 305 131⁄ 8 333 15 381 16 406 19 483 243⁄ 8 619 301⁄ 8 765

WEIGHT EACH 14.26 6.47 22.20 10.07 35.10 15.92 58.09 26.35 71.31 32.35 105.77 47.98 153.73 69.73 176.40 80.02 237.02 107.51 388.37 176.16 678.00 307.54

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

HEAVY ALLOY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP Figure 91Z

C F

The Figure 91Z is designed to accommodate higher loads than the Figure 304Z for use on insulated alloy piping. The spacer on the top inner bolt provides uniform space for the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. Temperature range: Above 750° F (399° C) to 1050° F (566° C). Material: Chrome Molybdenum Steel ASTM A-387 Grade 22. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 3, MSS-SP-69 Type 3, and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify figure number and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M91Z.

D E

CL B

H

FIGURE 91Z – HEAVY ALLOY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

MAXIMUM LOAD 950° F 1000° F 1050° F 510° C 538° C 566° C 7300 5200 3700 32473 23132 16459 7300 5200 3700 32473 23132 16459 10000 7200 5000 44484 32028 22242 10000 7200 5000 44484 32028 22242 11600 8300 6000 51601 36922 26690 11600 8300 6000 51601 36922 26690 11600 8300 6000 51601 36922 26690 15000 10600 7500 66726 47153 33363 15000 13000 9000 66726 57829 40036 15000 13000 9000 66726 57829 40036 15000 13000 9000 66726 57829 40036

B

C

D

E

F

H

51⁄ 4 133 65⁄ 8 168 77 ⁄ 8 200 93 ⁄ 8 238 97 ⁄ 8 251 11 279 12 305 131⁄ 2 343 153⁄ 4 400 19 483 22 559

13 ⁄ 4 44 13 ⁄ 4 44 2 51 2 51 21 ⁄ 4 57 21 ⁄ 4 57 21 ⁄ 4 57 21 ⁄ 4 57 21 ⁄ 4 57 21 ⁄ 4 57 21 ⁄ 4 57

11 279 12 305 14 356 15 381 161⁄ 4 413 171⁄ 4 438 181⁄ 4 464 201⁄ 2 521 23 584 28 711 31 787

9 229 10 254 12 305 13 330 14 356 15 381 16 406 18 457 20 508 25 635 28 711

11 ⁄ 2 M36 11 ⁄ 2 M36 13 ⁄ 4 M42 13 ⁄ 4 M42 17⁄ 8 M48 17⁄ 8 M48 17⁄ 8 M48 2 M48 2 M48 2 M48 2 M48

7 178 81 ⁄ 2 216 10 254 111⁄ 4 286 12 305 13 330 14 356 151⁄ 2 394 18 457 211⁄ 2 546 241⁄ 2 622

WEIGHT EACH 28 13 33 15 53 24 65 29 88 40 95 43 103 47 142 64 213 97 300 136 340 154




21

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

CLEVIS HANGER Figure 100 Figure 100PVC Figure 100SS

A

Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above allowing for approximately 1" to 11⁄ 2" of vertical adjustment after the pipe is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Rated Loads are for up to 650° F (343° C) for carbon steel. Maximum PVC temperature is 140° F (60° C). Material: Carbon Steel (Also available in Stainless Steel as Figure 100SS). Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1, MSS-SP-69 Type 1, BSPSS-BS3974, U.L. and F.M. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized, Plastic Coated, Stainless Steel. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M100 OR M100SS.

B E C CL

FIGURE 100 – CLEVIS HANGER PIPE SIZE 1⁄ 2 15 3⁄ 4 20 1 25 11 ⁄ 4 32 11 ⁄ 2 40 2 50 21 ⁄ 2 65 3 80 31 ⁄ 2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

22

MAXIMUM LOAD 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714 1130 5027 1130 5027 1130 5027 1430 6361 1430 6361 1940 8630 2000 8897 2000 8897 3600 16014 3800 16904 4200 18683 4800 21352 4800 21352 4800 21352 4800 21352 6000 26690 9500 42260

A 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 3⁄ 4 M20 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄ 4 M30 11⁄ 4 M30 11⁄ 4 M30 11⁄ 2 M36

B 23⁄ 4 70 21⁄ 8 54 3 76 31⁄ 8 79 31⁄ 4 83 33⁄ 8 86 41⁄ 8 105 5 127 41⁄ 2 114 53⁄ 8 137 6 152 7 178 75⁄ 8 194 81⁄ 2 216 10 254 111⁄ 8 283 121⁄ 2 318 15 381 153⁄ 4 400 173⁄ 8 441 195⁄ 8 498 243⁄ 4 629 327⁄ 8 835

C 31⁄ 8 79 23⁄ 4 70 33 ⁄ 4 95 4 102 41⁄ 4 108 45⁄ 8 117 55⁄ 8 143 67 ⁄ 8 175 65⁄ 8 168 73⁄ 4 197 87 ⁄ 8 225 101⁄ 2 267 113⁄ 4 298 123⁄ 4 324 153⁄ 8 391 171⁄ 2 445 191⁄ 2 495 23 584 243⁄ 4 629 273⁄ 8 695 315⁄ 8 803 403⁄ 4 1035 507⁄ 8 1292

ROD TAKE OUT E 17⁄ 8 48 11⁄ 2 38 21⁄ 4 57 21 ⁄ 4 57 23⁄ 8 60 31⁄ 8 79 31⁄ 8 79 41⁄ 8 105 35⁄ 8 92 43⁄ 8 111 5 127 57⁄ 8 149 61⁄ 2 165 63⁄ 4 171 81⁄ 4 210 91⁄ 4 235 105⁄ 8 270 131⁄ 8 333 133⁄ 4 349 151⁄ 4 387 171⁄ 2 445 213⁄ 4 552 30 762

WEIGHT EACH 0.27 0.12 0.29 0.13 0.33 0.15 0.36 0.16 0.42 0.19 0.52 0.24 0.61 0.28 0.90 0.41 0.99 0.45 1.40 0.64 2.10 0.95 3.00 1.36 5.42 2.46 4.50 2.04 9.10 4.13 11.75 5.33 14.25 6.46 20.75 9.41 23.00 10.43 41.50 18.82 50.00 22.68 68.08 30.88 68.68 31.15

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

COPPER CLEVIS HANGER

A

Figure 100CT Designed to support non-insulated, stationary copper tubing lines from above, allowing for approximately 1" to 11⁄2" of vertical adjustment after the tubing is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1, MSS-SP-69 Type 1 and BSPSS-BS3974. Rated Loads are for up to 650° F (343° C). Finish: Copper. Ordering: Specify tubing size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M100CT.

B E C CL

FIGURE 100CT – COPPER CLEVIS HANGER TUBE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150

MAXIMUM LOAD 150 667 250 1112 250 1112 250 1112 250 1112 250 1112 350 1557 350 1557 350 1557 350 1557 900 4004 900 4004

A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16

B 27⁄8 73 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 31⁄8 79 33⁄8 86 33⁄8 86 35⁄8 92 37⁄8 98 41⁄8 105 41⁄2 114 5 127 53⁄4 4

C 31⁄8 79 3 76 31⁄8 79 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 47⁄8 124 53⁄8 137 57⁄8 149 61⁄4 159 73⁄4 197 87⁄8 225

ROD TAKE OUT E 21⁄8 54 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 37⁄8 98 45⁄8 117


WEIGHT EACH 0.16 0.07 0.16 0.07 0.19 0.09 0.22 0.10 0.29 0.13 0.32 0.15 0.72 0.33 0.82 0.37 0.91 0.41 1.07 0.49 1.76 0.80 1.92 0.87



PIPE ATTACHMENTS

CLEVIS HANGER FOR DUCTILE IRON AND A.W.W.A. CAST IRON PIPE

A

Figure 100DI Designed to support non-insulated, stationary ductile iron and A.W.W.A. cast iron lines from above allowing for approximately 1" to 11⁄2" of vertical adjustment after the pipe is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: MSS-SP-69 Type 1, A-A-1192A Type 1. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M100DI.

B E C CL

FIGURE 100DI – CLEVIS HANGER FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE PIPE SIZE 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

MAXIMUM LOAD 1430 6361 1940 8630 2000 8897 3600 16014 3800 16904 4200 18683 4800 21352 4800 21352 4800 21352 4800 21352



A 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30


B 53⁄4 146 7 178 91⁄4 235 101⁄4 260 125⁄8 321 141⁄8 359 147⁄8 378 173⁄4 451 183⁄4 476 217⁄8 556

C 81⁄8 206 103⁄8 264 133⁄4 349 153⁄4 400 191⁄4 489 213⁄4 552 235⁄8 600 273⁄4 705 291⁄2 749 343⁄4 883

ROD TAKE OUT E 43⁄8 111 51⁄2 140 73⁄4 197 85⁄8 219 11 279 121⁄4 311 13 330 153⁄4 400 161⁄2 419 191⁄2 495

WEIGHT EACH 2.08 0.94 2.78 1.26 4.47 2.03 8.87 4.02 12.0 5.46 15.2 6.87 23.6 10.7 25.9 11.7 44.3 20.1 53.5 24.2

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ELONGATED CLEVIS HANGER

A

Figure 100EL The 100EL is designed for the suspension of insulated stationary pipe lines. It will accommodate 2 inches (51mm) of insulation up to 11⁄ 2" (40mm) pipe, and 4 inches (102mm) of insulation for pipe 2" (50mm) and larger. Hanger locking nut above the clevis must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. The nuts are not included. Rated Loads are for up to 650° F (343° C). Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Approvals: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1, MSS-SP-69 Type 1 and BSPSS-BS3974. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M100EL.

F

B E C

CL

FIGURE 100EL – ELONGATED CLEVIS HANGER PIPE SIZE 1⁄ 2 15 3⁄ 4 20 1 25 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 2 40 2 50 21⁄ 2 65 3 80 31⁄ 2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

MAXIMUM LOAD 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 1100 4893 1100 4893 1100 4893 1400 6228 1400 6228 1900 8452 2000 8897 3600 16014 3800 16904

A 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 7⁄ 8 M20

B 33⁄ 4 95 41⁄ 4 108 51⁄ 8 130 53⁄ 8 137 51⁄ 2 140 75⁄ 8 194 77⁄ 8 200 81⁄ 8 206 83⁄ 8 213 95⁄ 8 244 103⁄ 8 264 107⁄ 8 276 125⁄ 8 321 131⁄ 4 337 153⁄ 4 400

C 41⁄ 4 108 47⁄ 8 124 53⁄ 4 146 61⁄ 8 156 63⁄ 8 162 83⁄ 4 222 91⁄ 4 235 97⁄ 8 251 103⁄ 8 264 117⁄ 8 302 131⁄ 8 333 141⁄ 8 359 167⁄ 8 429 185⁄ 8 562 221⁄ 8 562

E 31⁄ 2 89 37⁄ 8 98 43⁄ 4 121 47⁄ 8 124 5 127 71⁄ 8 181 71⁄ 4 184 71⁄ 2 191 73⁄ 4 197 87⁄ 8 225 95⁄ 8 244 10 254 115⁄ 8 295 121⁄ 8 308 145⁄ 8 371

WEIGHT EACH 0.66 0.30 0.70 0.32 0.74 0.34 0.78 0.35 0.81 0.37 0.88 0.40 1.83 0.83 1.97 0.89 2.06 0.93 2.57 1.17 3.00 1.36 4.05 1.84 6.00 2.72 10.10 4.58 12.90 5.85

F 5⁄ 8 16 5⁄ 8 16 15⁄ 8 41 15⁄ 8 41 11⁄ 2 38 15⁄ 8 41 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 4 32 13⁄ 4 44 17⁄ 8 48 15⁄ 8 41 21⁄ 8 54 23⁄ 8 60 25⁄ 8 67




PIPE ATTACHMENTS

REFRIGERATION HANGER AND SHIELD

A

Figure 100SH This hanger is a combination of the Figure 100 and Figure 265 where the protection shield is welded to the clevis hanger. Designed to support insulated, stationary lines from above and prevent crushing the insulation or breaking the vapor barrier. It allows for approximately 1" to 11⁄2" of vertical adjustment after the pipe is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1, MSS-SP-69 Type 1 and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, insulation thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M100SH. Dimensional Data: See Figure 100 and Figure 265P.

CL FIGURE 265P FIGURE 100

12"

FIGURE 100SH - REFRIGERATION HANGER AND SHIELD HANGER SIZE 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 M20 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 150 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30



1

⁄2" Cov. 13 Cov. Bare Pipe Size 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 - 1 20 - 25 1 1 ⁄4 -11⁄2 32 - 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 1 3 ⁄2 - 4 90 - 100 5 125 6 125 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400


1" Cov. 25 Cov.

1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 - 1 20 - 25 1 1 ⁄4 - 11⁄2 32 - 40 2 50 1 2 ⁄2 - 3 65 - 80 31⁄2 - 4 90 - 100 5 90 - 100 6 150 8 200 10 250

12 - 14 300 - 350 16 400

Insulation Thickness 11⁄2" Cov. 2" Cov. 38 Cov. 51 Cov.

1 ⁄2 - 3⁄4 15 - 20 1 - 11⁄4 25 - 32 11⁄2 - 2 40 - 50 21⁄2 - 3 65 - 80 31⁄2 - 4 65 - 80 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400

1 ⁄2 - 11⁄4 15 - 32 11⁄2 - 2 40 - 50 21⁄2 - 3 40 - 50 31⁄2 - 4 90 - 100 5-6 125 - 150 8 200

10 250 12 - 14 300 - 350 16 400

21⁄2" Cov 64 Cov.

1 ⁄2 - 11⁄4 15 - 32 11⁄2 - 2 15 - 32 21⁄2 - 3 65 - 80 31⁄2 - 4 90 - 100 5-6 125 - 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400

3" Cov. 76 Cov.

1

⁄2 - 11⁄4

11⁄2 - 2 40 - 50 21⁄2 - 4 65 - 100 5-6 125 - 150 8 200 10 250 12 - 14 300 - 350 16 400

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT Figure 101 The Figure 101 is used for support of piping from below without welding to the pipe and consists of a steel saddle, nipple, and pipe reducer. It connects to a threaded pipe standard and base which is also available, ordered separately, as our Figure 138. Rated loads are for up to 650° F (343° C). Materials: Reducer is Cast Iron, Pipe saddle and nipple are carbon steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 39, MSS-SP-69 Type 39. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M101. FIGURE 101 – ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT PIPE MAX SIZE LOAD A 11⁄2 5,000 21⁄2 40 22242 65 2 5,000 21⁄2 50 22242 65 21⁄2 5,000 21⁄2 65 22242 65 3 5,000 21⁄2 80 22242 65 4 7,000 3 100 31139 80 5 7,000 3 125 31139 80 6 7,000 3 150 31139 80 8 7,000 3 200 31139 80 10 7,000 3 250 31139 80 12 7,000 3 300 31139 80 14 7,000 4 350 31139 100 16 7,000 4 400 31139 100 18 7,000 6 450 31139 150 20 7,000 6 500 31139 150 24 10,000 6 600 44484 150 30 10,000 6 750 44484 150 36 10,000 6 900 44484 150

B 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 17⁄8 48 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 47⁄8 124 57⁄8 149 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 85⁄8 219 95⁄8 244 105⁄8 270 123⁄4 324 153⁄4 400 183⁄4 476

CL B

E D

A

D 11⁄2 40 11⁄2 40 11⁄2 40 11⁄2 40 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 3 80 3 80 4 100 4 100 4 100 4 100 4 100

E MIN. 8 203 8 203 8 203 81⁄4 210 91⁄8 232 95⁄8 244 10 254 11 279 121⁄8 308 131⁄8 333 13 330 141⁄8 359 151⁄8 384 161⁄8 410 181⁄4 464 211⁄4 540 241⁄4 616

WEIGHT EACH 4.75 2.15 4.80 2.18 4.90 2.22 5.00 2.27 9.30 4.22 9.65 4.38 11.70 9.40 12.90 5.83 14.10 6.40 15.30 6.90 21.70 9.84 25.40 11.50 39.30 17.80 44.90 20.40 54.30 24.60 62.40 28.30 70.20 31.80

MAX. 13 330 13 330 13 330 131⁄4 337 141⁄8 359 145⁄8 371 15 381 16 406 171⁄8 435 181⁄8 460 18 457 191⁄8 486 201⁄8 511 211⁄8 537 231⁄4 591 261⁄4 667 291⁄4 743




PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ADJUSTABLE FLOOR SUPPORT Figure 101U The Figure 101U is used for support of piping from below without welding where there is no axial or transverse movement. It connects to a threaded pipe standard and base. Made special to customer order. Rated loads are for up to 650°F (343°C). Materials: Reducer is Cast Iron, Pipe saddle, nipple U-bolt are carbon steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 38), MSS-SP-69 (Type 38). Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, load, overall height, figure number, finish, and base plate bolting if needed. For Metric applications specify Figure M101U.

WIRE PIPE HOOKS Figure 111 The Wire Pipe Hook is made of special hard drawn wire, extra Heavy gauge. The driving head is bent so as to make it easy to drive. The point is cut to a sharp nail point which will penetrate either hard or soft wood without bending. It can be used on pipes in various orientations. Material: Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M111. FIG. 111 – WIRE PIPE HOOKS

PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50

4 102 0.06 0.03 0.06 0.03 0.06 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.08 0.04


WEIGHT PER 100 LENGTH OF HANGER 6 8 10 152 203 254 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.05 0.05 0.06



12 305 0.14 0.06 0.14 0.06 0.14 0.06 0.16 0.07 0.16 0.07 0.16 0.07

CL

DOUBLE U-BOLTS FOR 20" AND LARGER PIPE SIZES

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

SHORT CLIP Figure 114

D

Sprinkler Clips are used where piping runs close to the ceilings or beams. Holes are drilled for No.18 wood screws and 1⁄4" bolts can be used on all sizes. Material: Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 26, MSS-SP-69 Type 26. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M114.

E C

F G

FIGURE 114 – SHORT CLIP PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100

MAX LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 500 2224 500 2224 500 2224

C 33⁄8 86 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 5 127 51⁄2 140 6 152 61⁄2 165 71⁄8 181 81⁄4 210

D 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38

E 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄4 133 57⁄8 149 7 178

F 1 ⁄2 13 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 21⁄2 64

WEIGHT EACH 0.20 0.09 0.23 0.10 0.26 0.12 0.36 0.16 0.54 0.24 0.60 0.27 1.40 0.64 1.60 0.73 1.90 0.86

G 11⁄8 29 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 2 1⁄2 64 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 4 102 51⁄8 130




PIPE ATTACHMENTS

RISER CLAMP Figure 124 This product is designed to support vertical piping by resting on shear lugs welded to the pipe. Shear lugs are not supplied. The stated Maximum Loads are based upon the use of the clamp as a rigid support. Use of the clamp with springs units will double the given Maximum Loads. Rated loads are for up to 650° F (343° C). Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M124. NOTE: For your Special Riser Clamp requirements that are not covered by this product, please contact us to discuss your application. FIGURE 124 – RISER CLAMP PIPE MAX SIZE LOAD A 2 900 11⁄ 4 50 4004 32 21⁄ 2 900 11 ⁄ 4 65 4004 32 3 1500 11⁄ 2 80 6673 38 4 2200 11⁄ 2 100 9786 38 3⁄ 4 5 2200 125 9786 19 7⁄ 8 6 3000 150 13345 22 7⁄ 8 8 3000 200 13345 22 10 5500 11⁄ 4 250 24466 32 12 7800 13⁄ 8 300 34698 35 14 7800 13⁄ 8 350 34698 35 16 9000 11⁄ 2 400 40036 38 18 9000 11⁄ 2 450 40036 38 20 13500 17⁄ 8 500 60053 48 24 13500 17⁄ 8 600 60053 48


F

S


B 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄ 2 64 21⁄ 2 64 21⁄ 2 64 21⁄ 2 64 3 76 3 76


C 4 102 4 102

K

A C

B

E

E C L C–C

C-C 18 457 20 508 20 508 22 559 22 559 24 610 27 686 30 762 32 813 34 864 36 914 39 991 42 1067 45 1143

E 9 229 10 254 10 254 11 279 11 279 12 305 131⁄ 2 343 15 381 16 406 17 432 18 457 191⁄ 2 495 21 533 221⁄ 2 572

F 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 1 M24 11 ⁄ 8 M30 11 ⁄ 8 M30 13 ⁄ 8 M36 13 ⁄ 8 M36

K 3⁄ 16 5 11⁄ 16 27 13 ⁄ 8 35 17 ⁄ 8 48 23 ⁄ 8 60 213⁄ 16 71 313⁄ 16 97 45 ⁄ 8 117 51 ⁄ 2 140 61 ⁄ 8 156 7 178 8 203 83 ⁄ 4 222 103⁄ 4 273

S 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 1 25 1 25 11 ⁄ 2 38 13 ⁄ 4 44 13 ⁄ 4 44 2 51 2 51 21 ⁄ 2 64 21 ⁄ 2 64

WEIGHT EACH 17.5 7.9 19.1 8.7 29.4 13.3 38.5 17.5 43.2 19.6 56.8 25.8 79.2 35.9 143.3 65.0 183.7 83.3 194.5 88.2 224.7 101.9 280.7 127.3 429.1 194.6 465.1 211.0

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PIPE STANCHION WITH U-BOLT Figure 125 The Figure 125 is used for support of piping from below without welding to the pipe. Rated loads are for up to 650° F (343° C). Material: Made from carbon steel, sizes 20 inch and larger are furnished with two U-bolts. The lower supporting pipe ‘A’ must be ordered separately. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 37, MSS-SP-69 Type 37, and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M125.

CL E

C 4"

D A DOUBLE U-BOLTS FOR 20" AND LARGER PIPE SIZES

FIGURE 125 – PIPE STANCHION WITH U-BOLT PIPE SIZE 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

MAXIMUM LOAD 1200 270 1200 270 1200 270 1200 270 1200 270 1200 270 1500 337 1750 393 2000 450 3500 787 3500 787 3500 787 3500 787

SUPPORT PIPE A 3 80 3 80 3 80 3 80 3 80 3 80 4 100 4 100 4 100 6 150 6 150 6 150 8 200

C 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 (2)-1 (2)-M24 (2)-11⁄8 (2)-M30 (2)-11⁄8 (2)-M30 (2)-11⁄4 (2)-M30

STEM D 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 3 80 3 80 3 80 5 125 5 125 5 125 6 150

WEIGHT EACH 5.15 2.34 5.61 2.54 7.30 3.31 9.25 4.20 13.75 6.24 15.50 7.03 25.35 11.50 30.80 13.97 37.64 17.07 75.35 34.18 112.80 51.17 137.30 62.28 210.15 95.32

E 21⁄2 64 31⁄16 78 35⁄8 92 411⁄16 119 57⁄8 149 67⁄8 175 75⁄8 194 85⁄8 219 93⁄4 248 103⁄4 273 13 330 16 406 19 483




PIPE ATTACHMENTS

FLOOR SUPPORTS Figure 125SP Figure 136SP Both Figure 125SP and 136SP are intended to support piping from below where there is no axial or transverse movement. Made special to customer design requirements, either may be furnished with holes in the base for bolting, or with no holes for welding. Material: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, pipe material, load, overall height, figure number, finish, and base plate bolting if needed. For Metric applications specify Figure M125SP or M136SP.

120°

FOR SIZE 24" AND LARGER

EXTENSION RISER CLAMP Figure 126 The Figure 126 is designed for the support or steadying of vertical pipe risers. It is made of carbon steel and is designed to hold tight to the pipe, transmitting the load to the structure through the ears on each end. When possible the clamp should be placed under a coupling, hub, or lugs welded to the pipe. NOTE: This product is not designed to be supported with rods. Use our Figure 124 when hanger rods are required. Install using the maximum suggested torque values shown in the Technical Section of this catalog. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 8, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8) and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and pipe size. For Metric applications specify M126.

A

CL DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 32



FOR SIZES 24" AND LARGER

Figure 125SP

Figure 136SP

FIGURE 126 – EXTENSION RISER CLAMP PIPE SIZE 1⁄ 2 15 3⁄ 4 20 1 25 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 2 40 2 50 21⁄ 2 65 3 80 31⁄ 2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

MAXIMUM LOAD 255 1134 255 1134 255 1134 255 1134 255 1134 255 1134 390 1735 530 2358 670 2980 810 3603 1160 5160 1570 6984 2500 11121 2500 11121 2700 12011 2700 12011 2900 12900 2900 12900 2900 12900 2900 12900

A 9 229 93⁄ 8 238 93⁄ 8 238 10 254 101⁄ 4 260 103⁄ 4 273 111⁄ 4 286 12 305 127⁄ 8 327 135⁄ 8 346 133⁄ 4 349 151⁄ 4 387 181⁄ 2 470 203⁄ 4 527 223⁄ 4 578 24 610 26 660 28 711 30 762 34 864

WEIGHT EACH 1.00 0.45 1.08 0.49 1.08 0.49 1.16 0.52 1.22 0.55 1.30 0.59 1.74 0.79 1.98 0.90 2.14 0.97 2.28 1.03 3.60 1.63 3.68 1.67 7.26 3.29 11.00 4.99 15.94 7.23 17.36 7.87 29.68 13.46 31.64 14.35 34.84 15.80 50.00 22.68

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

COPPER RISER CLAMP

PVC COATED RISER CLAMP

Figure 126CT

Figure 126PVC

The Figure 126CT is normally used for the support of uninsulated vertical tubing where no movement will occur. Please use our Figure 126 for carbon steel piping or Figure 126PVC for plastic coating requirements. NOTE: This product is not designed to be supported with rods. Install using the maximum suggested torque values shown in the Technical Section of this catalog. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 8, MSS-SP-69 Type 8. Finish: Copper. Ordering: Specify tubing size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M126CT.

The Figure 126PVC is normally used for the support of uninsulated vertical piping where no movement will occur. PVC coating the contact surface prevents galvanic corrosion with the pipe. Please use our Figure 126 for carbon steel piping or Figure 126CT for copper tubing requirements. NOTE: This product is not designed to be supported with rods. Install using the maximum suggested torque values shown in the Technical Section of this catalog. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 8, MSS-SP-69 Type 8. Operating temperature should not exceed 1400° F / 600° C. Finish: Polyvinyl Chloride Ordering: Specify pipe size and figure number. For Metric applications Specify Figure M126PVC. A completely PVC coated Figure 126 is available upon request. (Bolts and nuts will not be PVC coated.) PVC COATING

A

A CL

FIGURE 126CT – COPPER EXTENSION RISER CLAMP TUBE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150

MAXIMUM LOAD 220 979 220 979 220 979 220 979 220 979 220 979 390 1735 530 2358 530 2358 530 2358 810 3603 1570 6984

A 93⁄16 233 93⁄16 233 91⁄2 241 93⁄4 248 101⁄8 257 101⁄2 6532 11 279 115⁄8 295 125⁄8 321 131⁄8 333 14 356 15 381

WEIGHT EACH 0.70 0.32 0.74 0.34 0.75 0.34 0.77 0.35 0.80 0.36 0.84 0.38 1.60 0.73 1.80 0.82 1.95 0.88 2.04 0.93 3.50 1.59 5.25 2.38

CL

FIGURE 126PVC – PLASTIC COATED EXTENSION RISER CLAMP PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100

MAXIMUM LOAD 225 1001 225 1001 225 1001 225 1001 225 1001 225 1001 390 1735 530 2358 810 3603

A 93⁄8 238 93⁄8 238 95⁄8 244 10 254 103⁄8 264 103⁄4 6694 111⁄4 286 12 305 131⁄2 343



WEIGHT EACH 1.30 0.59 1.36 0.62 1.38 0.63 1.95 0.88 2.01 0.91 2.17 0.98 2.29 1.04 2.50 1.13 3.42 1.55 WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 33

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PLASTIC PIPE RISER CLAMP Figure 126LD Figure 126LD PVC

FIGURE 126LD – RISER CLAMP FIGURE 126LD – PVC RISER CLAMP PIPE SIZE 11⁄2 40 2 50 3 80 4 100

The Figure 126LD is designed for the support or steadying of vertical PVC pipe risers for DWV applications. It is designed to hold tight to the pipe, transmitting the load to the structure through the ears on each end. When possible the clamp should be placed under a coupling, hub, or lugs welded to the pipe. For heavier loads please see our Figure 126. The Figure 126LD PVC is completely PVC coated. NOTE: This product is not designed to be supported with rods. Materials: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized, PVC. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192 Type 8, MSS-SP-69 (Type 8) and BSPSS-BS3974. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify M126LD or M126LD PVC.

MAXIMUM LOAD 225 1001 225 1001 225 1001 225 1001

WEIGHT EACH 0.62 0.28 0.67 0.30 0.88 0.40 1.01 0.46

A 53⁄4 146 61⁄2 3710 71⁄4 184 81⁄2 216

A

CL

FIG. 127 – ANCHOR CHAIR

ANCHOR CHAIR

PIPE SIZE 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

Figure 127 The Figure 127 in composed of two plates, one notched for the correct pipe size and the other has holes punched for a U-bolt. Both pieces are welded together. The U bolt has sufficient thread to allow for tightening to the pipe. This anchor is used in conjunction with our Figure 84 and 139 Welded Steel Brackets. A square washer is set under the lips of angle iron sections of theBracket and nuts tightened on the U-bolt to prevent movement of the anchor. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M127.

A H

D B 34

A 3 76 35⁄8 92 41⁄16 103 55⁄16 135 61⁄2 165 75⁄8 194 81⁄2 216 95⁄8 244 107⁄8 276 12 305 14 356

B 8 203 91⁄8 232 101⁄4 260 121⁄4 311 141⁄2 368 161⁄2 419 18 457 20 508 22 559 241⁄2 622 281⁄2 724

D 4 102 4 102 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 6 152 6 152 6 152

H 5 127 55⁄8 143 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 91⁄4 235 105⁄8 264 111⁄4 286 123⁄8 314 135⁄8 346 15 381 17 432

WEIGHT EACH 6.28 2.85 7.32 3.32 10.55 4.79 15.25 6.92 21.30 9.66 25.50 11.57 31.50 14.29 40.00 18.14 49.50 22.45 65.90 29.89 81.00 36.74

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PIPE SUPPORT

FIGURE 136 – PIPE SUPPORT

Figure 136 The Figure 136 is used in conjunction with a pipe standard and flange at the base to support piping from below. Both pipe standard and flange must be ordered separately. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 38, MSS-SP-69 Type 38. Finish: Plain, Painted, ElectroGalvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications Specify Figure M136.

PIPE SIZE 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

A C

ROD LENGTH C 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152

SIZE B 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 11⁄2 M36

A 79⁄16 192 8 1⁄8 206 85⁄8 219 91316 233 913⁄16 249 1013⁄16 275 117⁄8 302 127⁄8 327

WGT. SIZE 1.57 0.71 1.85 0.84 2.70 1.22 3.14 1.42 4.90 2.22 5.75 2.61 9.88 4.48 11.4 5.17

B

ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT Figure 137 Designed to support pipe from below, the Figure 137 is used in conjunction with flange or base mounted pipe column. The stem is threaded its full length and furnished with an nut to allow for vertical adjustment. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and pipe size. For Metric applications specify M137.

CL

FIGURE 137 – ADJUSTABLE PIPE SUPPORT PIPE SIZE 1 25 11⁄ 2 40 2 50 21⁄ 2 65 3 80 31⁄ 2 90 4 100 5 125 6 160 8 200 10 250 12 300

A 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 7⁄ 8 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄ 4 M30 11⁄ 4 M30

B 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203

WEIGHT EACH 0.70 0.32 0.74 0.34 0.80 0.36 0.84 0.38 1.02 0.46 1.06 0.48 1.86 0.84 2.50 1.13 2.98 1.35 3.28 1.49 6.30 2.86 7.00 3.18

B

A




PIPE ATTACHMENTS

THREADED BASE STAND A

Figure 138 The Figure 138 is designed for use with our Figure 101 and Figure 125. Materials: Carbon Steel. Compliance: To Federal Specification A-A-1192A Types 36, 37, 38, MSS-SP-69 Types 36, 37, 38 when used with the appropriate Pipe Saddle type attachment. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, pipe size, height, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M138.

B

D

HEIGHT

C

G

FIGURE 138 – THREADED BASE STAND PIPE SIZE A 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150

B 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 11⁄2 40 11⁄2 40

C 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 13 ⁄16 21 15 ⁄16 24 11⁄8 29

Weights are based upon a height “H” of 18"




D 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51

G 1 ⁄4 x 6 x 6 6 x 152 x 152 1 ⁄4 x 6 x 6 6 x 152 x 152 1 ⁄4 x 6 x 6 6 x 152 x 152 1 ⁄4 x 6 x 6 6 x 152 x 152 3 ⁄8 x 8 x 8 10 x 203 x 203 3 ⁄8 x 12 x 12 10 x 305 x 305 1 ⁄2 x 12 x 12 13 x 305 x 305 1 ⁄2 x 18 x 18 13 x 457 x 457

WEIGHT EACH 4.95 2.25 5.83 2.64 6.49 2.94 7.85 3.56 15.20 6.91 26.20 11.90 35.90 16.30 73.50 9.40

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PIPE CHAIR

E

Figure 145 Pipe Chairs are used to support piping in underground trenches or on top of piers above or below ground. This chair allows from 21⁄2" inches to 4" inches clearance under pipeline. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M145.

F

B

G E

C D

A

FIGURE 145 – PIPE CHAIR PIPE SIZE 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

A 41⁄4 108 61⁄4 159 71⁄2 191 813⁄16 224 103⁄4 273 13 330 15 381

B 31⁄8 79 39⁄16 90 41⁄16 103 41⁄2 114 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 79⁄16 192

C 45⁄16 110 53⁄8 137 61⁄16 154 69⁄16 167 715⁄16 202 91⁄16 230 101⁄2 267

D 29⁄16 65 31⁄8 79 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 311⁄16 94 41⁄8 105

E 3 ⁄4 19 15 ⁄16 24 1 25 1 25 15⁄16 33 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38

F 21⁄8 54 25⁄16 59 211⁄16 68 33⁄16 81 4 102 5 127 59⁄16 141

HOLE G 7 ⁄16 11 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 11 ⁄16 17 5 ⁄8 16 11 ⁄16 17



WEIGHT EACH 2.75 1.25 5.25 2.38 7.90 3.58 10.0 4.54 16.3 7.37 25.8 11.7 33.3 15.1


PIPE ATTACHMENTS

DUCTILE IRON PIPE CLAMP Figure 158 The Figure 158 can be used to secure mechanical joint piping or socket fittings together to prevent separation under pressure either under or above ground, vertically or horizontally. If use in this fashion two (2) Figure 258 Socket Clamp Washers and Figure 133 Rods are also required, but must be ordered separately. The Figure 158 may also be used to support and guide vertical Ductile Iron pipe. Materials: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M158. A

DOUBLE BOLT DUCTILE IRON PIPE CLAMP Figure 158DB The Figure 158DB can be used in the same manner as the Figure 158, except the overall length is longer. Materials: Carbon Steel. Compliance: NFPA Standard NFPA-24 for Outside Protection. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M158DB.

A




FIGURE 158 – UNDERGROUND PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750

ACTUAL PIPE O.D. 3.96 101 4.8 122 6.9 175 9.05 230 11.1 282 13.2 335 15.3 389 17.4 442 19.5 495 21.6 549 25.8 655 32 813

A 121⁄4 311 133⁄4 349 153⁄4 400 18 457 201⁄8 511 227⁄8 581 251⁄2 648 28 711 33 838 351⁄2 902 401⁄2 1029 48 1219

WASHER SIZE 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 13 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 11⁄2 M36 11⁄2 M36

WEIGHT EACH 9.00 4.08 9.00 4.08 10.70 9.40 12.20 5.54 14.60 6.64 16.60 7.53 41.90 18.99 61.90 28.10 65.10 29.50 92.20 41.80 122.70 55.70 184.00 83.50

FIGURE 158DB – UNDERGROUND PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750

ACTUAL PIPE O.D. 3.96 101 4.8 122 6.9 175 9.05 230 11.1 282 13.2 335 15.3 389 17.4 442 19.5 495 21.6 549 25.8 655 32.0 813

A 133⁄8 340 143⁄4 375 17 432 191⁄2 495 231⁄4 591 251⁄2 648 281⁄4 718 311⁄2 800 351⁄4 895 373⁄4 959 441⁄2 1130 53 1346

WASHER SIZE 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 11⁄2 M36 13⁄4 M42

WEIGHT EACH 9.50 4.31 10.00 4.54 12.00 9.40 21.00 9.53 24.00 10.89 36.00 16.33 48.60 22.04 71.80 32.50 85.30 38.70 102.00 46.30 136.60 62.00 204.00 93.00

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

UNDERGROUND SOCKET CLAMP WASHER Figure 258 The Figure 258 is for use with our Figure 158 and Figure 158DB Underground Clamp. Two (2) Washers are required per clamp. When installed the lug bears against the bolt which prevents the washer from sliding off the clamp. Material: Cast Iron. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M258. FIGURE 258 – UNDERGROUND SOCKET CLAMP WASHER ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄4 M20 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36

USED WITH CLAMP SIZE 4" to 12" 100 to 300 14" to 18" 350 to 450 20" to 36" 500 to 900

WEIGHT EACH 1.25 0.57 2.85 1.29 7.06 3.20

A

OFFSET PIPE CLAMP

FIGURE 179 – OFFSET PIPE CLAMP

Figure 179 The Offset Pipe Clamp is used on pipe lines running at a fixed distance from a wall or floor. The standard clearance is two inches (51mm) from the O.D. of pipe to the face of the surface. Non-standard clearances can be fabricated upon request. Material: Carbon Steel. Load Rating: Up to 650° F (343° C). Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M179.

CL A C

B

PIPE SIZE 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

MAX LOAD 190 845 190 845 190 845 190 845 420 1868 420 1868 420 1868 610 2714 610 2714 870 3870 870 3870 1050 4671 1200 5338

B 83⁄4 222 9 1⁄4 235 93⁄4 248 10 254 111⁄4 286 113⁄4 298 127⁄8 327 137⁄8 352 155⁄8 397 163⁄4 425 183⁄4 476 211⁄2 546 247⁄8 632

C 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 11 ⁄16 17 11 ⁄16 17 11 ⁄16 17 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21

WGT EACH 1.3 0.59 1.4 0.64 1.5 0.68 1.6 0.73 2.8 1.27 2.9 1.32 3.2 1.45 4.2 1.91 6.5 2.95 7.2 3.27 8.3 3.76 12.4 5.62 21.0 9.53




A 23⁄4 70 27⁄8 73 31⁄16 78 33⁄16 81 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 41⁄16 103 49⁄16 116 51⁄16 129 55⁄8 143 65⁄8 168 73⁄8 187 83⁄8 213

39

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

TWO BOLT PIPE CLAMP

Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galv., Hot-Dip Galv. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and pipe size. Also, include any special requirements for Figure 175SP. For Metric applications specify Figure M175 or M175SP.

Figure 175 Figure 175SP Designed to suspend cold or hot pipe lines where little or no insulation is required. The Figure 175 is usually used with a Figure 279 Weldless Eyenut, or Figure 93 Welded Eyerod. See Figure 298 Heavy Duty Two Bolt Clamp when higher loads are required. We will also design to meet special requirements such as special pipe sizes, order Figure 175SP. Rated Loads are for up to 750° F (399° C). Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 4, MSS-SP-69 Type 4 and BSPSS-BS3974.

F

C

E

D

CL D

E

FIGURE 175 – TWO BOLT PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 1⁄ 2 15 3⁄ 4 20 1 25 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 2 40 2 50 21⁄ 2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750

MAXIMUM LOAD 650° F / 343° C 750° F / 343° C 500 445 2224 1980 500 445 2224 1980 500 445 2224 1980 500 445 2224 1980 800 715 3559 3181 1040 930 4626 4137 1040 930 4626 4137 1040 930 4626 4137 1040 930 4626 4137 1040 930 4626 4137 1615 1440 7184 6406 1615 1440 7184 6406 2490 2220 11077 9875 2490 2220 11077 9875 2490 2220 11077 9875 2490 2220 11077 9875 3060 2730 13612 12144 3060 2730 13612 12144 3060 2730 13612 12144 3500 3360 15569 14947




C 3⁄ 8 10 3⁄ 8 10 3⁄ 8 10 3⁄ 8 10 3⁄ 8 10 1⁄ 2 13 5⁄ 8 16 5⁄ 8 16 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 7⁄ 8 22 1 25 1 25 1 25 11 ⁄ 8 29 11 ⁄ 8 29 11 ⁄ 4 32 13 ⁄ 8 35 11 ⁄ 2 38 2 51

ROD TAKE OUT D 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 4 32 13⁄ 8 35 15⁄ 8 41 13⁄ 4 44 21⁄ 8 54 25⁄ 8 67 3 76 35⁄ 8 92 41⁄ 4 108 51⁄ 4 133 63 ⁄ 8 162 75 ⁄ 8 194 83 ⁄ 4 222 91⁄ 4 235 101⁄ 4 260 115⁄ 8 295 123⁄ 4 324 151⁄ 4 387 181⁄ 2 470

E 15⁄ 8 41 13⁄ 4 44 17⁄ 8 48 21⁄ 8 54 21⁄ 4 57 25⁄ 8 67 31⁄ 8 79 31⁄ 2 89 43⁄ 8 111 5 127 61⁄ 4 159 73⁄ 8 187 83⁄ 4 222 101⁄ 4 260 105⁄ 8 270 115⁄ 8 295 13 330 141⁄ 8 359 167⁄ 8 429 203⁄ 4 527

F 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 1⁄ 2 M12 3⁄ 4 M20 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 11⁄ 8 M30 11⁄ 4 M30 11⁄ 2 M36

WEIGHT EACH 0.31 0.14 0.35 0.16 0.39 0.18 0.40 0.18 0.45 0.20 1.23 0.56 1.33 0.60 1.53 0.69 2.20 1.00 2.39 1.08 5.87 2.66 6.95 3.15 14.39 6.53 16.73 7.59 21.26 9.64 23.39 10.61 32.96 14.95 36.74 16.67 52.96 24.02 103.50 46.95

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

LIGHT DUTY CLEVIS HANGER

A

Figure 200 Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above allowing for approximately 1" to 11⁄2" of vertical adjustment after the pipe is in place. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1, MSS-SP-69 Type 1. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M200.

B E C CL

FIGURE 200 – LIGHT DUTY CLEVIS HANGER PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100

MAXIMUM LOAD 150 667 250 1112 250 1112 250 1112 250 1112 250 1112 350 1557 350 1557 350 1557 400 1779

A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16

B 17⁄8 48 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 3 76 31⁄2 89 4 102 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 51⁄2 140

C 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 37⁄8 79 33⁄4 95 4 102 43⁄4 121 51⁄2 140 61⁄8 156 61⁄2 165 77⁄8 200

WEIGHT EACH 0.27 0.12 0.29 0.13 0.33 0.15 0.36 0.16 0.42 0.19 0.52 0.24 0.81 0.37 0.90 0.41 0.99 0.45 1.40 0.64

E 3 ⁄4 19 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 27⁄8 73 31⁄4 83 33⁄8 86 43⁄8 111




PIPE ATTACHMENTS

VEE CLEVIS HANGER

A

Figure 200V Designed to support non-insulated, stationary, plastic lines from above. Used with Figure 200VT Vee Trough (not furnished). The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 1, MSS-SP-69 Type 1. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M200V.

D B

E

C CL

FIGURE 200V – VEE CLEVIS HANGER SIZE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100


MAXIMUM LOAD 150 667 150 667 150 667 150 667 150 667 150 667 150 667 150 667 150 667 150 667



A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16

B 43⁄4 121 49⁄16 116 43⁄8 111 41⁄8 105 4 102 311⁄16 94 65⁄8 168 63⁄16 157 513⁄16 148 57⁄16 138

C 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 83⁄4 222 83⁄4 222 83⁄4 222 83⁄4 222

D 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44

E 45⁄16 110 41⁄8 105 315⁄16 100 311⁄16 94 39⁄16 90 31⁄4 83 513⁄16 148 53⁄8 137 5 127 45⁄8 117

WEIGHT EACH 0.38 0.17 0.38 0.17 0.38 0.17 0.38 0.17 0.38 0.17 0.38 0.17 1.15 0.52 1.15 0.52 1.15 0.52 1.15 0.52

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

WALL PIPE SUPPORT Figure 221 The Figure 221 is used to support steel or cast iron pipe close to walls, piers, or in a trench. These supports can be made to carry pipelines at various distances from the wall, Also for Hot Water Tanks 12" inches to 36" inches in diameter. Prices furnished in accordance with customer specifications. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M221.

C

A B

FIGURE 221 – WALL PIPE SUPPORT PIPE SIZE 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

A 91⁄8 232 101⁄2 267 123⁄4 324 14 356 18 457 22 559 241⁄2 622

B 77⁄8 200 91⁄4 235 111⁄4 286 121⁄2 318 16 406 191⁄2 495 22 559

C 21⁄4 57 23⁄8 70 35⁄16 84 313⁄16 97 53⁄8 137 63⁄8 162 73⁄8 187

D 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 11 ⁄16 17 11 ⁄16 17 11 ⁄16 17

WEIGHT EACH 2.39 1.08 2.56 1.16 4.05 1.84 4.48 2.03 15.3 6.94 23.4 10.6 26.9 12.2

D




PIPE ATTACHMENTS

SHORT U-BOLT Figure 222 The Figure 222 is recommended for use as a support for piping where the tangent lengths are too long to use a Figure 283. It is supplied with two hex nuts. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 2, MSS-SP69 Type 24, and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, or Hot-Dip Galvanized (Rod Size 1⁄4" cannot be Hot-Dip Galvanized). Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify M222.

F A

G

B C

FIGURE 222 - SHORT U-BOLT PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

MAX LOAD 650° F / 343° C 480 2135 480 2135 480 2135 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 2200 9786 2200 9786 2200 9786 2200 9786 2200 9786 3600 16014 3600 16014 5400 24021 7500 33363



STOCK SIZE A 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20


B 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 13⁄8 35 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 13⁄8 35 13⁄4 44 2 51 21⁄2 64 3 76 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 55⁄8 143 63⁄4 171 83⁄4 222 107⁄8 276 127⁄8 327

C 11⁄8 29 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 21⁄8 54 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 51⁄8 130 61⁄8 156 73⁄8 187 93⁄8 238 115⁄8 295 133⁄4 349

F 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 53⁄8 137 7 178 77⁄8 200

G 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38

WEIGHT EACH 0.08 0.04 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.08 0.04 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.27 0.12 0.30 0.14 0.34 0.15 0.72 0.33 0.80 0.36 0.95 0.43 0.95 0.43 1.13 0.51 1.24 0.56 2.10 0.95 2.68 1.22 3.20 1.45

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

RETURN LINE OFFSET HOOK

FIGURE 227 – RETURN LINE OFFSET HOOK

Figure 227 Designed to support light duty pipe lines with clearance requirements that run along walls or beams. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galv. Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M227.

D

5" A

PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150

MAX LOAD 200 890 200 890 200 890 200 890 200 890 200 890 350 1557 350 1557 350 1557 450 2002 450 2002 450 2002

A 6 9⁄32 160 61⁄8 156 6 9⁄16 167 65⁄8 168 611⁄16 170 7 3⁄32 4315 715⁄32 190 75⁄8 194 81⁄32 204 8 9⁄16 217 9 229 9 3⁄8 238

B 15⁄8 41 111⁄16 43 17⁄8 48 21⁄16 52 23⁄16 56 25⁄8 67 211⁄16 68 3 76 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 43⁄16 106 411⁄16 119

D 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14

WGT EACH 0.53 0.24 0.55 0.25 0.81 0.37 0.84 0.38 0.89 0.40 0.96 0.44 1.26 0.57 1.38 0.63 1.47 0.67 2.39 1.08 3.90 1.77 4.25 1.93

D 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14

WGT EACH 0.51 0.23 0.53 0.24 0.80 0.36 0.83 0.38 0.87 0.39 0.93 0.42 1.16 0.53 1.27 0.58 1.37 0.62 2.19 0.99 3.50 1.59 4.15 1.88

1" B

RETURN LINE HOOK

FIGURE 227S – RETURN LINE HOOK

Figure 227S Designed to support light duty pipe lines that run next to walls or beams. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M227S. D

C

A

PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150

MAX LOAD 200 890 200 890 200 890 200 890 200 890 200 890 350 1557 350 1557 350 1557 350 1557 450 2002 450 2002

A 69⁄32 160 61⁄8 156 69⁄16 167 65⁄8 168 611⁄16 170 73⁄32 4315 715⁄32 190 75⁄8 194 81⁄32 204 89⁄16 217 9 229 93⁄8 238

C 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127




PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ONE HOLE PIPE CLAMP Figure 237S

W

Designed to support light duty pipe lines that run next to walls or beams. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M237S.

D HOLE DIA.

FIGURE 226 – ONE HOLE PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100

C 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄8 29 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38

D 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 11 ⁄32 9 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14

L 25⁄8 67 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 65⁄8 168 65⁄8 168 61⁄2 165 8 203

W 3 ⁄4 19 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32

WEIGHT EACH 0.05 0.02 0.06 0.02 0.09 0.04 0.12 0.05 0.16 0.07 0.24 0.11 0.50 0.23 0.69 0.31 1.40 0.64

Figure 247 The Figure 247 is used in conjunction with a pipe stand and flange at the base to support piping from below. Both pipe stand and base must be ordered separately. Please see Figure 138. Load Rating: Up to 650° F (343° C). Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 38, MSS-SP-69 Type 38. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M247.

46


L

FIGURE 247 – PIPE SUPPORT

PIPE SUPPORT


C


PIPE SIZE 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

COUPLING PIPE SIZE 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 2 50 21⁄2 65 21⁄2 65 3 80 3 80

WEIGHT EACH 1.35 0.61 2.45 1.11 3.63 1.65 4.30 1.95 7.03 3.19 8.53 3.87 13.00 5.91 15.10 6.84

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ADJUSTABLE SPLIT SWIVEL HANGER

A

Figure 240 Designed to support non-insulated, stationary lines from above. The hinged design is easier to install making it ideal for retrofit needs. Vertical adjustment is made by turning the swivel. Pipe sizes 3⁄4" to 2" do not have the window cutout. Material: Malleable Iron. Compliance: MSS-SP-69 (Type 6) Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M240.

C

E

B D

CENTERLINE OF PIPE

FIGURE 240 – ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL HANGER PIPE SIZE 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 500 2224 500 2224 500 2224 900 4004 900 4004 1300 5783 1800 8007

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22

B 21⁄8 54 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 23⁄4 70 31⁄8 79 43⁄8 111 45⁄8 117 5 127 6 152 63⁄4 171 73⁄4 197 93⁄4 248

C 23⁄8 60 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 23⁄8 60 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄4 57 27⁄8 73 3 76 33⁄8 86 43⁄8 111

D 25⁄8 67 3 76 33⁄8 86 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 51⁄4 146 63⁄8 162 7 178 81⁄4 210 91⁄2 241 11 279 14 356

WEIGHT EACH 0.23 0.10 0.25 0.11 0.30 0.14 0.32 0.15 0.34 0.15 0.65 0.29 0.78 0.35 0.85 0.39 1.54 0.70 2.00 0.91 3.20 1.45 5.00 2.27

E 2 51 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 3 76 31⁄2 89 37⁄8 98




PIPE ATTACHMENTS

EXTENDED OFFSET PIPE CLAMP Figure 267 Designed to attach directly to piping where the exact distance between the structure and the pipe cannot be determined until the piping is in place. The extended legs can be modified in the field to suit the location. Legs of longer lengths can be furnished on order. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M267.

A

B

RIGHT ANGLE BEAM CLAMP Figure 282 The Figure 282 is used in attaching conduit or pipe at a right angle to a structural member. Materials: Malleable iron body with carbons steel U-bolt and nuts. Finish: Hot-Dip Galvanized Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M282.




FIGURE 267 – EXTENDED PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350

A 12 305 12 305 12 305 255 12 305 1356 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305

B 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 43⁄4 121 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 61⁄8 156 7 178 71⁄2 191 77⁄8 200 101⁄2 267 121⁄4 311 13 330 151⁄4 387 181⁄4 464 203⁄4 527 21 533

WEIGHT EACH 1.85 0.84 1.85 0.84 1.85 0.84 2.34 1.06 2.40 1.09 2.45 1.11 3.13 1.42 4.21 1.91 4.47 2.03 4.90 2.22 4.90 2.22 5.32 2.41 11.20 5.06 13.50 6.12 22.00 110.00 35.00 15.90

FIGURE 282 - RIGHT ANGLE BEAM CLAMP PIPE SIZE 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100

WEIGHT EACH 0.33 0.15 0.41 0.19 0.42 0.19 0.47 0.21 0.54 0.24 0.57 0.26 0.85 0.39 1.06 0.48 1.10 0.50 1.28 0.58 1.40 0.64

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

STANDARD U-BOLT Figure 283 (Carbon Steel) Figure 283PVC (PVC Coated) Figure 283SS (Stainless Steel) Our standard U-Bolts are recommended for use as supports or guides for piping. They are supplied with four hex nuts. The Figure 283PVC is for support of piping where contact with the pipe is not desired. Threads and nuts are not coated. D The Figure 283SS is recommended for support of stainless steel piping. Please A B E specify the grade of stainless steel you require when ordering. Load Ratings shown are for Carbon Steel. PVC coating should not exceed 140°F / 60°C. Materials: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 24, MSS-SP 69 Type 24, C and BSPSS-BS3974. CL CL Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized (Rod Size 1/4" cannot be Hot-Dip Galvanized) Hot-Dip Galvanized U-Bolts will come with oversized hex nuts. Side loads are given for the Figure 283 for a maximum temperature of 650ºF / 343ºC. When the loading condition requires the simultaneous application of a normal load and side load, the following interaction equation must be used to determine if the Figure 283 can be used. (Actual Load / Maximum Design Load) + (Actual Side Load / Maximum Side Load) The result of this equation cannot exceed the value of 1.0 if the Figure 283 is to be used. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications Specify M283. FIGURE 283 – STANDARD U-BOLT PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100

MAXIMUM LOAD 650° F 750° F 343° C 399° C 485 435 2157 1935 485 435 2157 1935 485 435 2157 1935 1200 1070 5338 4760 1200 1070 5338 4760 1200 1070 5338 4760 1220 1090 5427 4849 1220 1090 5427 4849 1220 1090 5427 4849 2260 2020 10053 8986 2260 2020 10053 8986 2260 2020 10053 8986 2260 2020 10053 8986

MAX. SIDE LOAD 650° F/ 343°C 63 280 63 280 63 280 316 1406 240 1068 186 827 194 863 194 863 194 863 184 819 184 819 184 819 184 819

A 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

B 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 13⁄8 35 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 13⁄8 35 13⁄4 44 2 51 21⁄2 64 3 76 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117

C 11⁄8 29 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 21⁄8 54 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 51⁄8 130

D 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 27⁄8 73 3 76 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114


E 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76


WEIGHT EACH 0.11 0.05 0.12 0.05 0.12 0.05 0.16 0.07 0.16 0.07 0.19 0.09 0.28 0.13 0.30 0.14 0.33 0.15 0.70 0.32 0.78 0.35 0.84 0.38 0.90 0.41


PIPE ATTACHMENTS FIGURE 283 – STANDARD U-BOLT (CONT.) PIPE SIZE 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 28 700 30 750 36 900

MAXIMUM LOAD 650° F 750° F 343° C 399° C 2260 2020 10053 8986 3620 3230 16103 14368 3620 3230 16103 14368 5420 4830 24110 21486 7540 6730 33541 29938 7540 6730 33541 29938 7540 6730 33541 29938 9920 8850 44128 39368 9920 8850 44128 39368 9920 8850 44128 39368 9920 8850 44128 39368 9920 8850 44128 39368 9920 8850 44128 39368



MAX. SIDE LOAD 650° F/ 343°C 184 819 277 1232 277 1232 400 1779 422 1877 422 1877 422 1877


A 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24

B 55⁄8 143 63⁄4 171 83⁄4 222 107⁄8 276 127⁄8 327 141⁄8 359 161⁄8 410 181⁄8 460 201⁄8 511 241⁄8 613 281⁄8 714 301⁄8 765 361⁄8 918

C 61⁄8 156 73⁄8 187 93⁄8 238 115⁄8 295 133⁄4 349 15 381 17 432 191⁄8 486 211⁄8 537 251⁄8 638 291⁄8 740 311⁄8 791 371⁄8 943

D 5 127 61⁄8 156 71⁄8 181 83⁄8 213 95⁄8 244 101⁄4 260 111⁄4 286 125⁄8 321 135⁄8 346 155⁄8 397 175⁄8 448 185⁄8 473 215⁄8 549

E 3 76 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121

WEIGHT EACH 1.04 0.47 2.0 0.91 2.3 1.0 4.9 2.2 7.7 3.5 8.3 3.8 9.2 4.2 13.5 6.1 14.6 6.6 16.9 7.7 18.0 8.2 19.1 8.7 23.2 10.5

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

LIGHT DUTY U-BOLT Figure 283L The Figure 283L is recommended for the guiding, anchoring and supporting of conduit or light piping loads. Furnished with two (2) hex nuts. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 24), MSS-SP 69 (Type 24), and BSPSS-BS3974. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M283L.

D E

B

A

C

FIGURE 283L - LIGHT DUTY U-BOLT PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250

MAXIMUM LOAD 485 2157 485 2157 485 2157 485 2157 485 2157 485 2157 1220 5427 1220 5427 1220 5427 1220 5427 1220 5427 2260 10053 2260 10053 3620 16103

A 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16

B 1 25 11⁄8 29 13⁄8 35 13⁄4 44 2 51 21⁄2 64 3 76 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 55⁄8 143 63⁄4 171 83⁄4 222 107⁄8 276

C 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 2 51 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 33⁄8 86 4 102 41⁄2 114 5 127 6 152 71⁄4 184 91⁄4 235 111⁄2 292

D 2 51 21⁄8 54 21⁄4 57 23⁄8 60 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 31⁄8 79 33⁄8 86 35⁄8 92 37⁄8 98 45⁄8 117 51⁄8 130 61⁄8 156 71⁄4 184

WEIGHT EACH 0.06 0.03 0.07 0.03 0.07 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.28 0.13 0.31 0.14 0.35 0.16 0.38 0.17 0.45 0.20 0.95 0.43 1.20 0.54 2.30 1.04

E 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64




PIPE ATTACHMENTS

HEAVY DUTY TWO BOLT PIPE CLAMP Figure 298

C

Designed to suspend heavy loads on cold or hot pipe lines where little or no insulation is required. The Figure 298 is usually used with a Figure 279 Weldless Eyenut or Figure 93 Welded Eyerod. Rated Loads are for up to 750° F (399° C). Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 4, MSS-SP-69 Type 4 and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M298.

D

E

F

B

H

FIGURE 298 – HEAVY DUTY TWO BOLT PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

MAXIMUM LOAD 650° F 750° F 343° C 399° C 3400 3000 15125 13345 3550 3150 15792 14012 3550 3150 15792 14012 3550 3150 15792 14012 4900 4350 21797 19351 4900 4350 21797 19351 6000 5400 26690 24021 8700 7750 38701 34475 9150 8150 40703 36254 9150 8150 40703 36254 13800 12280 61388 54626 15300 13620 68060 60587 16300 14500 72509 64502 20500 18250 91192 81183 28000 24900 124555 110765



B

C

D

E

F

H

2 51 31⁄ 8 79 33⁄ 4 95 43⁄ 8 111 53⁄ 8 137 63⁄ 4 171 75⁄ 8 194 91⁄ 4 235 93⁄ 4 248 11 279 141⁄ 2 368 16 406 181⁄ 2 470 221⁄ 2 572 261⁄ 2 673

3⁄ 4 19 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 4 32 15⁄ 8 41 15⁄ 8 41 15⁄ 8 41 3 76 3 76 31⁄ 4 83 31⁄ 2 89 31⁄ 2 89

3 76 4 102 47 ⁄ 8 124 51 ⁄ 2 140 63⁄ 4 171 81⁄ 8 206 91⁄ 8 232 113⁄ 8 289 117⁄ 8 302 127⁄ 8 327 171⁄ 4 438 183⁄ 4 476 211⁄ 2 546 26 660 301⁄ 4 768

2 51 31 ⁄ 8 79 33⁄ 4 95 43⁄ 8 111 53⁄ 8 137 63⁄ 4 171 73⁄ 4 197 91⁄ 2 241 10 254 11 279 141⁄ 2 368 16 406 181⁄ 2 470 221⁄ 2 572 261⁄ 2 673

5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄ 4 M30 11⁄ 2 M36 11 ⁄ 2 M36 11 ⁄ 2 M36 2 M48 2 M48 21⁄ 4 M56 21⁄ 2 M64 23⁄ 4 M72

3 76 4 102 47⁄ 8 124 51⁄ 2 140 63 ⁄ 4 171 81 ⁄ 8 206 9 229 111⁄ 8 283 115⁄ 8 295 127⁄ 8 327 171⁄ 4 438 183⁄ 4 476 211⁄ 2 546 26 660 301⁄ 4 768


WEIGHT EACH 2.1 1.0 3.8 1.7 6.5 2.9 7.4 3.4 14.0 6.4 16.4 7.4 25.3 11.5 44.1 20.0 58.8 26.7 64.1 29.1 126.3 57.3 150.0 68.0 210.5 95.5 365.4 165.7 575.1 260.9

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP Figure 304 The Figure 304 is designed for hot insulated pipe lines up to 750° F. The spacer on the top inner bolt provides uniform space for the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. See Figure 91 for higher load ratings. We will also, design to meet special requirements such as special pipe sizes, order Figure 304SP. Rated Loads are for up to 750° F (399° C). Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 3, MSS-SP-69 Type 3 and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, and pipe size. Also, include any special requirements for Figure 304SP. For Metric applications specify Figure M304 or M304SP.

C

F

D E

CL B

H

FIGURE 304 – THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 1⁄ 2 15 3⁄ 4 20 1 25 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 2 40 2 50 21⁄ 2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

MAXIMUM LOAD 650° F 750° F 343° C 399° C 950 845 4226 3759 950 845 4226 3759 950 845 4226 3759 950 845 4226 3759 1545 1380 6873 6139 1545 1380 6873 6139 1545 1380 6873 6139 1545 1380 6873 6139 2500 2230 11121 9920 2500 2230 11121 9920 2865 2555 12745 11366 2865 2555 12745 11366 3240 2890 14413 12856 3240 2890 14413 12856 4300 3835 19128 17060 4300 3835 19128 17060 4300 3835 19128 17060 4500 4015 20018 17860 5490 4900 24422 21797 7500 6690 33363 29760 10500 9360 46708 41637

B

C

D

1 25 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 2 38 11⁄ 2 38 13⁄ 4 44 21⁄ 8 54 21⁄ 4 57 23⁄ 4 70 33⁄ 8 86 4 102 43⁄ 4 121 53⁄ 4 146 67⁄ 8 175 83⁄ 8 213 91⁄ 8 232 10 254 115⁄ 8 295 123⁄ 8 314 143⁄ 4 375 181⁄ 2 470 221⁄ 2 572

5⁄ 8 16 5⁄ 8 16 5⁄ 8 16 3⁄ 4 19 1 25 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 8 29 1 25 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 2 38 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 11⁄ 2 38 3 76

27⁄ 8 73 31⁄ 4 83 33⁄ 4 95 35⁄ 8 92 47 ⁄ 8 124 57⁄ 8 149 61⁄ 8 156 65⁄ 8 168 75 ⁄ 8 194 81⁄ 8 206 95⁄ 8 244 105⁄ 8 270 12 305 13 330 143⁄ 8 365 155⁄ 8 397 163⁄ 4 425 171⁄ 2 445 197⁄ 8 505 263⁄ 8 670 321⁄ 8 816

TAKE OUT E 21⁄ 4 57 21⁄ 2 64 21⁄ 2 64 27⁄ 8 73 41⁄ 8 105 51⁄ 8 130 53⁄ 8 137 6 152 61⁄ 2 165 7 178 81⁄ 4 210 91⁄ 4 235 101⁄ 2 267 111⁄ 2 292 123⁄ 4 324 14 356 151⁄ 8 384 157⁄ 8 403 177⁄ 8 454 233⁄ 8 594 283⁄ 4 730

F

H

3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 8 M10 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11⁄ 4 M30 13⁄ 8 M36 11⁄ 2 M36 11⁄ 2 M36 13⁄ 4 M42

15⁄ 8 41 13⁄ 4 44 21⁄ 8 54 21⁄ 4 57 23⁄ 8 60 23⁄ 4 70 3 76 31⁄ 2 89 41⁄ 2 114 51⁄ 8 130 61⁄ 8 156 71⁄ 8 181 81⁄ 4 210 97⁄ 8 251 103⁄ 4 273 113⁄ 4 298 131⁄ 4 337 14 356 163⁄ 8 416 21 533 26 660

WEIGHT EACH 0.61 0.28 0.66 0.30 0.69 0.31 0.75 0.34 2.14 0.97 2.43 1.10 2.92 1.32 3.19 1.45 7.12 3.23 7.96 3.61 11.85 5.38 13.59 6.16 21.33 9.68 23.65 10.73 38.78 17.59 42.89 19.45 46.35 21.02 58.67 26.61 89.32 40.52 140.89 63.91 246.44 111.79

53

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ALLOY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP Figure 304Z

C F

The Figure 304Z is designed for hot insulated pipelines. The spacer on the top inner bolt provides uniform space for the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. See Figure 91Z for higher load ratings. Temperature range: above 750° F (399° C) to 1050° F (566° C). Material: Chrome Molybdenum Steel, ASTM A-387 Grade 22. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 3, MSS-SP-69 Type 3 and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify figure number, and pipe size. For Metric applications, specify Fig M304Z.

D E

CL B H

FIGURE 304Z – ALLOY THREE BOLT PIPE CLAMP PIPE SIZE 11⁄ 2 40 2 50 21⁄ 2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

MAXIMUM LOAD 950° F 1000° F 510° C 538° C 1400 1000 6228 4448 1400 1000 6228 4448 1400 1000 6228 4448 1400 1000 6228 4448 2300 1600 10231 7117 2300 1600 10231 7117 2600 1800 11566 8007 2600 1800 11566 8007 3000 2100 13345 9342 3000 2100 13345 9342 3900 2800 17349 12456 3900 2800 17349 12456 39 2800 173 12456 5000 3200 22242 14235 5500 3500 24466 15569



1050° F 566° C 700 3114 700 3114 700 3114 700 3114 1100 4893 1100 4893 1300 5783 1300 5783 1500 6673 1500 6673 2000 8897 2000 8897 2000 8897 2000 8897 2700 12011


B

C

D

13 ⁄ 4 44 21 ⁄ 8 54 21⁄ 4 57 23⁄ 4 70 33⁄ 8 86 4 102 43 ⁄ 4 121 53 ⁄ 4 146 67⁄ 8 175 83⁄ 8 213 91 ⁄ 8 232 10 254 115⁄ 8 295 123⁄ 8 314 143⁄ 4 375

1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 4 32 11 ⁄ 2 38 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 11 ⁄ 2 38

47⁄ 8 124 57⁄ 8 149 61 ⁄ 8 156 63 ⁄ 4 171 75⁄ 8 194 81 ⁄ 8 206 10 254 11 279 12 305 131⁄ 8 333 141⁄ 8 365 151⁄ 8 397 163⁄ 4 425 171⁄ 2 445 197⁄ 8 505

TAKE OUT E 41 ⁄ 8 105 51 ⁄ 8 130 53⁄ 8 137 6 152 61 ⁄ 2 165 7 178 85⁄ 8 219 95⁄ 8 244 101⁄ 2 267 115⁄ 8 295 123⁄ 4 324 14 356 151⁄ 8 384 157⁄ 8 403 177⁄ 8 454

F

H

5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 1 M24 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 8 M36 11 ⁄ 2 M36

23⁄ 8 60 23 ⁄ 4 70 3 76 31⁄ 2 89 41⁄ 2 114 51 ⁄ 8 130 61 ⁄ 8 156 71 ⁄ 8 181 81 ⁄ 4 210 97⁄ 8 251 103⁄ 4 273 113⁄ 4 298 131⁄ 4 337 14 356 163⁄ 8 416

WEIGHT EACH 2.48 1.12 2.70 1.22 2.76 1.25 3.19 1.45 7.30 3.31 7.96 3.61 12.26 5.56 14.04 6.37 21.33 9.68 24.00 10.89 38.78 17.59 43.13 19.56 47.78 21.67 58.67 26.61 90.82 41.20

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING

A

Figure 800 Designed for the support of non-insulated static pipe lines. The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface when adjusting the pipe elevation. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 10, MSS SP-69 Type 10, Underwriters Laboratory listed, and Factory Mutual approved (3⁄4" through 8"). We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for Copper Tubing (Figure 800CT), PVC coated (Figure 800PVC), and for NFPA requirements (Figure 800FP), in this catalog. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M800.

E B D

FIGURE 800 – ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 10 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 1000 4448 1000 4448 1250 5560 1800 8007

A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

B 23⁄4 70 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 213⁄16 71 31⁄8 79 35⁄16 84 311⁄16 94 4 102 45⁄16 110 415⁄16 125 55⁄8 143 611⁄16 170 85⁄16 211

D 31⁄16 78 31⁄16 78 33⁄16 81 39⁄16 90 37⁄8 98 43⁄8 111 51⁄8 130 57⁄8 149 65⁄8 168 71⁄8 181 81⁄2 216 101⁄8 257 127⁄8 327

E 17⁄16 37 11⁄8 29 1 25 11⁄16 27 11⁄16 27 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄2 38 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 2 51 25⁄8 67


WEIGHT EACH 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.05 0.11 0.05 0.12 0.05 0.32 0.15 0.35 0.16 0.39 0.18 0.43 0.20 0.65 0.29 1.09 0.49 1.24 0.56



PIPE ATTACHMENTS

COPPER TUBING SWIVEL RING

A

Figure 800CT Designed for the support of non-insulated static copper tubing lines. The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface when adjusting the tubing elevation. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 10, MSS SP-69 Type 10. We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for carbon steel pipe (Figure 800), PVC coated (Figure 800PVC), and for NFPA requirements (Figure 800FP), in this catalog. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Copper. Ordering: Specify copper tubing size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M800CT.

E B D

FIGURE 800CT - ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 525 2335 525 2335 525 2335 650 2891 1000 4448 1000 4448



A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12


B 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 215⁄16 75 35⁄16 84 4 102 49⁄16 116 49⁄16 116 59⁄16 141 61⁄4 159 73⁄16 183

D 31⁄4 83 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 59⁄16 141 57⁄8 149 61⁄2 165 83⁄8 213 913⁄16 249

E 111⁄16 43 13⁄8 35 1 25 15 ⁄16 24 11⁄8 29 11⁄16 27 11⁄8 29 15⁄16 33 11⁄8 29 13⁄16 30 15⁄8 41 21⁄4 57

WEIGHT EACH 0.11 0.05 0.11 0.05 0.11 0.05 0.13 0.06 0.13 0.06 0.15 0.07 0.16 0.07 0.32 0.15 0.35 0.16 0.38 0.17 0.58 0.26 0.92 0.42

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

NFPA SWIVEL RING

A

Figure 800FP Designed for the support of non-insulated static pipe lines. The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface when adjusting the tubing elevation and is tapped to the reduced rod standards of NFPA. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 10, MSS SP-69 Type 10, Underwriters Laboratory listed, and Factory Mutual approved (3⁄4" through 8"), and NFPA standards. We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for standard commercial pipe (Figure 800), copper tubing (Figure 800CT), and PVC coated (Figure 800PVC), in this catalog. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M800N.

E B D

FIGURE 800FP – NFPA ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 10 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 525 2335 525 2335 525 2335 650 2891 1000 4448 1000 4448 1000 4448

A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

B 23⁄4 70 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 213⁄16 71 31⁄8 79 35⁄16 84 311⁄16 94 33⁄4 95 45⁄16 110 41⁄2 114 55⁄8 143 61⁄2 165 715⁄16 202

D 31⁄16 78 31⁄16 78 33⁄16 81 39⁄16 90 37⁄8 98 43⁄8 111 5 127 59⁄16 141 65⁄16 160 7 178 83⁄8 213 913⁄16 249 121⁄4 311

E 17⁄16 37 11⁄8 29 1 25 11⁄16 27 11⁄16 27 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 21⁄4 57 27⁄16 62 25⁄8 67


WEIGHT EACH 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.05 0.11 0.05 0.12 0.05 0.25 0.11 0.30 0.14 0.33 0.15 0.41 0.19 0.58 0.26 0.92 0.42 1.16 0.53



PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PVC COATED ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING

A

Figure 800PVC Designed for the support of non-insulated static pipe lines and to protect the pipe from coming into direct contact with the hanger by having the contact surface PVC coated.. The swivel nut is knurled to provide a gripping surface when adjusting the pipe elevation. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 10, MSS SP-69 Type 10, Underwriters Laboratory listed, and Factory Mutual approved (3/4" through 8"). We also offer Swivel Ring hangers that are for Copper Tubing (Figure 800CT) and for NFPA requirements (Figure 800FP) in this catalog. Operating temperature should not exceed 140° F / 60° C. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M800PVC.

E B D

FIGURE 800PVC - PVC COATED ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL RING PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 10 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 1000 4448 1000 4448 1250 5560 1800 8007



A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20


B 23⁄4 70 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 213⁄16 71 31⁄8 79 35⁄16 84 311⁄16 94 4 102 45⁄16 110 415⁄16 125 55⁄8 143 611⁄16 170 85⁄16 211

D 31⁄16 78 31⁄16 78 33⁄16 81 39⁄16 90 37⁄8 98 43⁄8 111 51⁄8 130 57⁄8 149 65⁄8 168 71⁄8 181 81⁄2 216 101⁄8 257 127⁄8 327

E 17⁄16 37 11⁄8 29 1 25 11⁄16 27 11⁄16 27 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄2 38 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 2 51 25⁄8 67

WEIGHT EACH 0.11 0.05 0.13 0.06 0.13 0.06 0.15 0.07 0.17 0.08 0.18 0.08 0.34 0.15 0.39 0.18 0.42 0.19 0.48 0.22 0.69 0.31 1.13 0.51 1.29 0.59

PIPE ATTACHMENTS

PIPE STRAP

FIG. C1108 – PIPE STRAP

Figure C1108 The Figure C1108 is designed hold piping flush to its mounting surface. This item may be bolted to a structure or channel strut, or welded into place. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Electro-Plated. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications Specify Figure MC1108.

H (TYP)

D

D B

PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150

MAX VERT LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 800 3559 800 3559 800 3559 800 3559 800 3559 800 3559 800 3559

B 213⁄16 71 35⁄16 84 311⁄16 94 4 102 41⁄8 105 513⁄16 148 65⁄16 160 7 178 77⁄8 200 77⁄8 200 91⁄16 230 1013⁄16 275

H 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 9 ⁄32 7 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10

WGT EACH 0.20 0.09 0.23 0.10 0.28 0.13 0.33 0.15 0.36 0.16 0.94 0.43 1.11 0.50 1.30 0.59 1.49 0.68 1.73 0.78 1.83 0.83 2.43 1.10



D 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11 7 ⁄16 11 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21

DRAIN, WASTE, VENT CLAMP Figure DWV Designed to provide economical and quick way to support of non-insulated PVC drain, waste, and vent pipe lines with sufficient adjustment to most all application. Can be field adjusted to suit unique configurations. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure MDWV.

8"

FIGURE DWV PIPE SIZE 11⁄2 40 2 50 3 80 4 100

A 31⁄2 89 4 102 51⁄2 140 6 152

B 21⁄2 64 27⁄8 73 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95

B A


59

PIPE ROLLS

CHAIR AND ROLL Figure 17 The Figure 17 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical adjustment is not required. Material: Cast Iron Pipe Roll and Chair with Carbon Steel Axle. Use a Figure 39 when a Carbon Steel Chair is required. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 44, MSS-SP-69 Type 44. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 17 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table on page 62 showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M17.

D

P

J

J

O

P K S

C

C

K

S

O D

E

N

N PIPE SIZES 2" TO 4"

PIPE SIZES 8" TO 30"

FIGURE 17 – CHAIR AND ROLL CHAIR NO. 1A

MAX LOAD 390

1A

1735

1

950

1

4226

2

2100

2

9342

3

3075

3

13679

4

4980

4

22153

5 5 6 6 7

6100 27135 7500 33363 12000

7

53381

BARE PIPE SIZE 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄2 50 65 80 90 4 5 6 100 125 150 8 10 200 250 12 14 300 350 16 18 20 400 450 500 24 600 30 750 36 42 900 1050


C 53⁄ 4

D 81 ⁄2

146

216

53 ⁄4

101⁄8

146

257

6 7⁄ 8

87⁄8

175

225

7 7⁄ 8

11

200

279

83 ⁄ 4

121 ⁄2

222

318

8 7⁄ 8 225 103 ⁄4 273 12

133 ⁄4 349 171⁄4 438 183 ⁄4

305

476



E 11 ⁄2 13 ⁄4 21 ⁄ 2 23 ⁄4 38 44 64 70 23 ⁄4 3 3⁄ 8 3 7⁄ 8 70 86 98 51⁄8 6 1⁄ 4 130 159 73⁄8 8 187 203 87⁄8 10 11 225 254 279 13 330 161⁄4 413 20 231⁄8 508 587

J 61⁄2

K 1

N 2

O 7 ⁄ 16

P 31⁄2

S 41⁄8

WGT. EA. 7.0

165

25

51

11

89

105

3.2

8

1

23⁄8

⁄

43 ⁄4

41⁄4

10.5

203

25

60

14

121

108

4.8

4

78

⁄

33 ⁄4

58

⁄

7

5

16.5

102

22

95

16

178

127

7.5

53 ⁄4

78

⁄

43 ⁄4

⁄

91⁄4

6

26.8

146

22

121

14

235

152

12.2

63 ⁄4

1

45⁄8

3 4

⁄

101 ⁄4

61 ⁄2

40.5

171

25

117

19

260

165

18.4

7 1⁄ 2 191 10 254 12

1 25 1 25 1

43 ⁄4 121 55⁄8 143 53 ⁄4

13 16

⁄ 21 1 25 15 ⁄16

111⁄2 292 143⁄8 365 17

63 ⁄4 171 8 203 9

51.0 23.1 89.8 40.7 152

305

25

146

33

432

229

68.9

9 16

9 16

PIPE ROLLS

CHAIR AND ROLL Figure 39

K

The Figure 39 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical adjustment is not required. Because the chair is made of steel, it can be either welded or bolted in position Material: Carbon Steel Chair and Axle with Cast Iron Pipe Roll. Use a Figure 17 when a Cast Iron Chair is required. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 44, MSS-SP-69 Type 44. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 39 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table below showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M39.

C

D

D J P

P J

O

S

S

C

K

O

E

E

N

N CHAIR NO. 1A & 1

CHAIR NO. 2 THRU 7

FIGURE 39 – CHAIR AND ROLL CHAIR NO. 1A

MAX LOAD 390

1A

1735

1

950

1

4226

2

2100

2

9342

3

3075

3

13679

4

4980

4

22153

5 5 6 6 7

6100 27135 7500 33363 12000

7

53381

BARE PIPE SIZE 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄2 50 65 80 90 4 5 6 100 125 150 8 10 200 250 12 14 300 350 16 18 20 400 450 500 24 600 30 750 36 42 900 1320

C 6

D 81 ⁄2

152

216

6

101⁄8

152

257

7

9

178

229

8

11

203

279

9

121 ⁄2

229

318

87 ⁄ 8 225 11 279 12

133⁄4 349 171 ⁄4 438 20

305

508

E 11 ⁄2 13⁄4 21⁄8 23⁄8 38 44 54 60 23⁄4 3 3⁄ 8 37 ⁄8 70 86 98 5 1⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 4 130 159 7 3⁄ 8 8 187 203 87 ⁄8 10 11 225 254 279 13 330 161 ⁄4 413 20 231⁄8 508 587

J 61 ⁄2

K 1

M 1 ⁄4

N 2

O 9⁄ 16

P 31 ⁄2

S 41⁄8

WGT. EA. 7.0

165

25

6

51

14

89

105

3.2

8

1

1 4

⁄

23⁄8

9 16

⁄

43 ⁄4

41 ⁄4

10.5

203

25

6

60

14

121

108

4.8

4

1

3

⁄8

33⁄4

11 16

⁄

7

5

16.5

102

25

10

95

17

178

127

7.5

53⁄4

1

38

⁄

43⁄4

11 16

⁄

9

6

26.8

146

25

10

121

17

229

152

12.2

63⁄4

1

1 2

⁄

43⁄4

13 16

⁄

10

61 ⁄2

40.5

171

25

13

121

21

254

165

18.4

71 ⁄ 2 191 10 254 12

1 25 1 25 1

58

⁄ 16 5⁄ 8 16 1

47 ⁄8 124 55⁄8 143 57 ⁄ 8

13 16

⁄ 21 13⁄ 16 21 11⁄16

111 ⁄2 292 141 ⁄4 362 17

63⁄4 171 8 203 9

51.0 23.1 89.8 40.7 145

305

25

25

149

27

432

229

65.8




PIPE ROLLS PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE TO BE USED WITH FIGURES 17 AND 39 CHAIR NUMBER 1A

1 2 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 7

BARE PIPE SIZE 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 600 30 750 36 900 42 1050



Fig. 351 1" Cov. 25

Fig. 352 11⁄2" Cov. 38

3 ⁄ 4 to 3 20 to 80

3 4

3 4

4 to 6 100 to 150

3 to 5 80 to 125

2 to 4 50 to 100

8 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

5 to 8 125 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

20 500 24 600 30 750 40 1000

20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600 30 750 36 900


⁄ to 21 ⁄2 20 to 65

Fig. 353 2" Cov. 51

Fig. 354 21⁄2" Cov. 64

Fig. 355 3" Cov. 76

Fig. 356 4" Cov. 102

2 to 5 50 to 125 6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 16 250 to 400

2 to 6 50 to 150 8 200 10 to 14 250 to 350

4 to 5 100 to 125 6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300

18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

16 to 18 400 to 450 20 to 24 500 to 600 30 750 36 900

14 to 18 350 to 450 20 to 24 500 to 600 28 700 32 800

⁄ to 11 ⁄2 20 to 40 ⁄ to 11 ⁄2 20 to 40

3 4

PIPE ROLLS

ADJUSTABLE CHAIR AND ROLL Figure 40 The Figure 40 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical and lateral adjustment is required. Because the base plate is made of steel, it can be either welded or bolted in position. The correct height can be obtained by adjusting the screws at each corner. The correct lateral location can be achieved by sliding the chair on the ends of the adjusting screws. The Figure 40 may be used without the Base Plate to rest on customer provided flooring or structure. Material: Carbon Steel Chair, Base, Axle and Adjusting Screws with Cast Iron Pipe Roll. Use a Figure 53 when a Cast Iron Chair and Base are required. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 46, MSS-SP-69 Type 46. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 40 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table below showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M40.

E

ALL HOLES IN BASE ARE 1" DIA.

N

D B ADJUSTING BOLT

C

FIGURE 40 – ADJUSTABLE STEEL CHAIR AND ROLL CHAIR NO. 1A

MAX LOAD 390

1A

1735

1

950

1

4226

2

2100

2

9342

3

3075

3

13679

4

4980

4

22153

5 5 6 6 7 7 7 7

6100 27135 7500 33363 12000 53381 12000 53381

BARE PIPE SIZE 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄2 50 65 80 90 4 5 6 100 125 150 8 10 200 250 12 14 300 350 16 18 20 400 450 500 24 600 30 750 36 900 42 1050

N B 67 ⁄8

C 51 ⁄2

D 37 ⁄8

175

140

98

81 ⁄2

53⁄4

51⁄8

216

146

130

105⁄8

61 ⁄2

73⁄8

270

165

187

121 ⁄2

73⁄4

91 ⁄2

318

197

241

145⁄8

85⁄8

111⁄8

371

219

283

153⁄4 400 191 ⁄4 489 221 ⁄2 572 221 ⁄2 572

85⁄8 219 101 ⁄2 267 12 305 12 305

121 ⁄4 311 153⁄4 400 16 406 16 406

E 13⁄4 21 ⁄8 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄2 44 54 64 64 27 ⁄8 3 37 ⁄ 8 73 76 98 53⁄8 6 137 152 71⁄8 8 181 203 91 ⁄4 101 ⁄2 111 ⁄4 235 267 286 133⁄8 340 167⁄8 429 20 508 231⁄8 587

MIN. 3

MAX. 37⁄8

WGT. EA. 15.5

76

98

7.0

33⁄8

41 ⁄2

20.7

86

114

9.4

47⁄8

65⁄8

34.3

124

168

15.6

57⁄8

75⁄8

50.6

149

194

23.0

57⁄8

73⁄4

73.6

149

197

33.4

61⁄8 156 71 ⁄4 184 83⁄8 213 83⁄8 213

8 203 101 ⁄2 267 113⁄4 298 113⁄4 298

88.7 40.2 166 75.3 233 106 233 106

63

PIPE ROLLS PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE TO BE USED WITH FIGURE 40 CHAIR NUMBER 1A

1 2 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 7

BARE PIPE SIZE 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 600 30 750 36 900 42 1050



Fig. 351 1" Cov. 25 3 ⁄ 4 to 3 20 TO 80

Fig. 352 11⁄2" Cov. 38 ⁄ to 21 ⁄2 20 to 65

Fig. 353 2" Cov. 51

Fig. 354 21⁄2" Cov. 64

Fig. 355 3" Cov. 76

Fig. 356 4" Cov. 102

⁄ to 11 ⁄2 20 to 40

3 4

3 4

4 to 6 100 to 150

3 to 5 80 to 125

2 to 4 50 to 100

8 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

5 to 8 125 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

2 to 5 50 to 125 6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 16 250 to 400

2 to 6 50 to 150 8 200 10 to 14 250 to 350

4 to 5 100 to 125 6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300

20 500 24 600 30 750 40 1000

20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

16 to 18 400 to 450 20 to 24 500 to 600 30 750 36 900

14 to 18 350 to 450 20 to 24 500 to 600 28 700 32 800


⁄ to 11 ⁄2 20 to 40

3 4

PIPE ROLLS

ADJUSTABLE CHAIR AND ROLL Figure 53 The Figure 53 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical and lateral adjustment is required.The correct height can be obtained by adjusting the screws at each corner. The correct lateral location can be achieved by sliding the chair on the ends of the adjusting screws. The Figure 53 may be used without the Base Plate to rest on customer provided flooring or structure. Material: Cast Iron Chair, Base and Roll. Carbon Steel Axle and Adjusting Screws. Use a Figure 40 when a Carbon Steel Base is required. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 46, MSS-SP-69 Type 46. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 53 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table below showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify chair number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M53.

E

ALL HOLES IN BASE ARE 1" DIA.

N

D B ADJUSTING BOLT

C

FIGURE 53 – ADJUSTABLE STEEL CHAIR AND ROLL CHAIR NO. 1A

MAX LOAD 390

1A

1735

1

950

1

4226

2

2100

2

9342

3

3075

3

13679

4

4980

4

22153

5 5 6 6 7 7 7 7

6100 27135 7500 33363 12000 53381 12000 53381

BARE PIPE SIZE 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄2 50 65 80 90 4 5 6 100 125 150 8 10 200 250 12 14 300 350 16 18 20 400 450 500 24 600 30 750 36 900 42 1050

N B 67 ⁄8

C 51 ⁄2

D 37 ⁄8

175

140

98

81 ⁄8

53⁄4

51⁄8

206

146

130

105⁄8

63⁄4

73⁄8

270

171

187

13

8

91 ⁄2

333

203

241

145⁄8

85⁄8

111⁄8

371

219

283

153⁄4 400 191 ⁄4 489 221 ⁄2 572 221 ⁄2 572

85⁄8 219 101 ⁄2 267 12 305 12 305

121 ⁄4 311 153⁄4 400 16 406 16 406

E 13⁄4 21 ⁄8 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄2 44 54 64 64 27 ⁄8 3 37 ⁄ 8 73 76 98 53⁄8 6 137 152 71⁄8 8 181 203 91 ⁄4 101 ⁄2 111 ⁄4 235 267 286 133⁄8 340 167⁄8 429 20 508 231⁄8 587

MIN. 3

MAX. 37⁄8

WGT. EA. 15.5

76

98

7.0

33⁄8

41 ⁄2

20.7

86

114

9.4

47⁄8

65⁄8

34.3

124

168

15.6

57⁄8

75⁄8

50.6

149

194

23.0

57⁄8

73⁄4

73.6

149

197

33.4

61⁄8 156 71 ⁄4 184 83⁄8 213 83⁄8 213

8 203 101 ⁄2 267 113⁄4 298 113⁄4 298

88.7 40.2 166 75.3 233 106 233 106 65

PIPE ROLLS PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE TO BE USED WITH FIGURE 53 CHAIR NUMBER 1A

1 2 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 7

BARE PIPE SIZE 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 600 30 750 36 900 42 1050



Fig. 351 1" Cov. 25

Fig. 352 11⁄2" Cov. 38

3 ⁄4 x 3 20 to 80

3 4

3 4

4 to 6 100 to 150

3 to 5 80 to 125

2 to 4 50 to 100

8 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

5 to 8 125 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 to 18 350 to 450

20 500 24 600 30 750 40 1000

20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600 30 750 36 900


⁄ to 21 ⁄2 20 to 65

Fig. 353 2" Cov. 51

Fig. 354 21⁄2" Cov. 64

Fig. 355 3" Cov. 76

Fig. 356 4" Cov. 102

2 to 5 50 to 125 6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 16 250 to 400

2 to 6 50 to 150 8 200 10 to 14 250 to 350

4 to 5 100 to 125 6 to 8 150 to 200 10 to 12 250 to 300

18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600 30 750 36 900

16 to 18 400 to 450 20 to 24 500 to 600 30 750 36 900

14 to 18 350 to 450 20 to 24 500 to 600 28 700 32 800

⁄ to 11 ⁄2 20 to 40 ⁄ to 11 ⁄2 20 to 40

3 4

PIPE ROLLS

ROLLER CHAIR Figure 54 The Figure 54 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical adjustment is not required. Although two bolts are supplied for installation the chair can be alternatively welded in position Material: Carbon Steel Chair and Axle with Cast Iron Pipe Roll. Use a Figure 17 when a Cast Iron Chair is required. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 54 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table for the Figure 142 which shows the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M54.

B

C

G D A

FIGURE 54 – ROLLER CHAIR PIPE SIZE 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

MAX LOAD 300 1335 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 700 3114 700 3114 1000 4448 1300 5783 1700 7562 2300 10231 3100 13790 3900 17349 4200 18683 4500 20018 6000 26690

A 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 6 152 61⁄2 165 7 178 75⁄8 194 93⁄4 248 117⁄8 302 141⁄2 368 161⁄4 413 181⁄2 470 20 508 223⁄4 578 255⁄8 651 30 762

B 15⁄8 41 2 51 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 4 102 51⁄8 130 63⁄8 162 71⁄2 191 83⁄8 213 93⁄8 238 101⁄2 267 115⁄8 295 14 356

C 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 21⁄8 54 23⁄8 60 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 3 76 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 43⁄4 121 53⁄8 137 6 152 61⁄2 165 77⁄8 200

D 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 3 76 31⁄4 83 41⁄2 114 5 127 6 152 61⁄2 165 10 254 91⁄4 235 101⁄4 260 121⁄4 311

BOLT SIZE G 3 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 M10 x 38 3 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 M10 x 38 3 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 M10 x 38 3 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 M10 x 38 3 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 M10 x 38 1 ⁄2 x 2 M12 x 51 1 ⁄2 x 2 M12 x 51 5 ⁄8 x 2 M16 x 51 3 ⁄4 x 21⁄2 M20 x 64 3 ⁄4 x 21⁄2 M20 x 64 3 ⁄4 x 21⁄2 M20 x 64 7 ⁄8 x 3 M20 x 76 3 ⁄4 x 21⁄2 M20 x 64 3 ⁄4 x 21⁄2 M20 x 64 7 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 M20 x 102



WEIGHT EACH 1.10 0.50 1.40 0.64 1.60 0.73 2.60 1.18 2.90 1.32 3.90 1.77 6.00 2.72 9.00 4.08 13.80 6.26 18.90 8.57 28.10 12.70 34.90 15.80 44.40 20.10 56.30 25.60 87.50 39.70


PIPE ROLLS

ROLL AND PLATE Figure 63 The plate is made of steel with holes for anchoring to piers. It is used for supporting pipe lines where vertical adjustment is not required. Material: Steel Plate, Cast Iron Roll. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify plate number and figure number.

H Traverse

P

A

1"

J

B

C

FIGURE 63 – ROLL AND PLATE PLATE NO. 1A 1A 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

PIPE SIZES 2-3 50 - 80 4-6 100 - 150 8-10 200 - 250 12-14 300 - 350 16-20 400 - 500 24 600 30 750


MAXIMUM LOAD 390 177 950 431 2100 953 3075 1395 4980 2259 6100 2767 7500 3402



A 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 27⁄8 73 33⁄8 86

B 31⁄8 79 41⁄8 105 61⁄2 165 85⁄8 219 95⁄8 244 103⁄4 273 131⁄2 343

C 63⁄8 162 73⁄8 187 81⁄2 216 95⁄8 244 105⁄8 270 113⁄4 298 13 330

H 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 53⁄8 137 61⁄4 159 7 178 8 203 81⁄2 216

J 37⁄8 98 43⁄4 121 53⁄4 146 61⁄2 165 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216 91⁄2 241

P 5 ⁄16 8 5 ⁄16 8 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16

WEIGHT EACH 3.16 1.43 4.75 2.15 11.4 5.17 21.9 9.93 28.2 12.8 38.9 17.6 59.0 26.7

PIPE ROLLS

PIPE ROLL Figure 67 Our Figure 67 Pipe Roll is used with Figure17, 39, 40,and 53 adjustable and non-adjustable chairs and rolls, also on various types of hangers and supports This product is shown for conceptual special assembly design purposes only and is not sold as an individual product. Material: Cast Iron. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify roll size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M67.

A

B

C

FIGURE 67 – PIPE ROLL ROLL NO. 1A 1A 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

PIPE SIZES 2-3 50 - 80 4-6 100 - 150 8-10 200 - 250 12-14 300 - 350 16-20 400 - 500 24 600 30 750

A 211⁄16 68 33⁄4 95 6 152 8 203 91⁄8 232 10 254 121⁄2 318

B 17⁄8 48 21⁄16 52 31⁄4 83 4 102 41⁄2 114 47⁄16 113 51⁄2 140

ROD C 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 11⁄8 M30 13⁄8 M36 13⁄4 M42

WEIGHT EACH 1.02 0.46 1.26 0.57 4.42 2.00 8.82 4.00 12.2 5.53 14.5 6.58 23.6 10.7




PIPE ROLLS

ADJUSTABLE ROLL SUPPORT

FIGURE 109 – ADJUSTABLE ROLL SUPPORT

Figure 109 The Figure 109 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical adjustment of up to six inches of is required. This part is normally used directly above the supporting structure. Material: Cast Iron Pipe Roll and Sockets, Carbon Steel Axle, Continuous Thread Rods, and Hex Nuts. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 109 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table for the Figure 142 which shows the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M109.

H

D A

B




PIPE SIZE 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750

MAX LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 600 2669 600 2669 700 3114 700 3114 700 3114 1000 4448 1300 5783 1700 7562 2300 10231 3075 13679 3970 17660 4200 18683 4550 20240 6160 27402 7290 32429

A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 11⁄2 M36

B 33⁄8 86 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 51⁄2 140 61⁄8 156 71⁄8 181 71⁄8 181 83⁄8 213 95⁄8 244 12 305 141⁄8 359 161⁄8 410 173⁄4 451 201⁄2 521 221⁄8 562 241⁄8 613 287⁄8 733 351⁄2 902

D 71⁄4 184 71⁄4 184 71⁄4 184 8 203 8 203 8 203 81⁄2 216 9 229 9 229 10 254 11 279 12 305 12 305 18 457 18 457 18 457 24 610 24 610

H 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 2 51 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 4 102 51⁄8 130 63⁄8 162 71⁄2 191 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 101⁄2 267 115⁄8 295 14 356 171⁄2 445

WGT. EACH 1.08 0.49 1.11 0.50 1.65 0.75 2.72 1.23 2.72 1.23 2.72 1.23 3.91 1.77 4.63 2.10 7.07 3.21 11.40 5.15 13.70 6.22 15.90 7.21 28.70 13.00 42.50 19.30 46.60 21.10 66.20 30.00 102.50 46.50 186.80 84.70

PIPE ROLLS

ROLLER SUPPORT Figure 110 Figure 110 Roller Support is used on steam or hot water systems where pipe is to be supported in tunnels, trenches, structural brackets and frames. Adjustment is made by raising and lowering the top nut on the legs and locked into position by tightening the lower nut. Material: Steel Axle, Cast Iron Roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M110.

C

E

D

H A

FIGURE 110 – ROLLER SUPPORT PIPE SIZE 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400

Figure 110 PIPE SIZE OF ROLL 4" 100 5" 125 6" 150 7" 200 8" 200 10" 250 12" 300 14" 350 16" 400

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 700 3114 700 3114 1000 4448 1300 5783 1700 7562 2300 10231 3075 13679 3075 13679

A 41⁄2 114 5 127 57⁄8 149 7 178 7 178 81⁄2 216 10 254 12 305 14 356 16 406 17 432 191⁄2 495

C 15⁄8 41 15⁄16 33 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 213⁄16 71 37⁄16 87 41⁄16 103 51⁄8 130 61⁄4 159 77⁄16 189 83⁄4 222 97⁄16 240

D 33⁄4 95 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 4 1⁄2 114 51⁄4 133 51⁄2 140 6 152 7 178 8 203

E 13⁄16 30 13⁄8 35 17⁄16 37 15⁄8 41 111⁄16 43 2 51 23⁄8 60 23⁄4 70 33⁄8 86 315⁄16 100 43⁄4 121 51⁄16 129

H 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 1 M24

WEIGHT EACH 0.79 0.36 1.44 0.65 1.62 0.73 1.64 0.74 1.82 0.83 2.90 1.32 4.66 2.11 7.29 3.31 10.23 4.64 12.27 5.57 21.39 9.70 27.76 12.59

PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE to be used with Figure 110 Roller Support Figure 351 Figure 352 Figure 353 Figure 354 Figure 355 Figure 356 1" Cov. 11⁄2" Cov. 2" Cov. 21⁄2" Cov. 3" Cov. 4" Cov. 25 38 51 64 76 102 2-1/2"-3" 2"-2-1/2" 65 - 80 50 - 65 3-1/2" 90 4"-5" 3"-3-1/2" 2"-2-1/2" 100 - 125 80 - 90 50 - 65 6" 4"-5" 3"-4" 2"-2-1/2" 2"-2-1/2" 150 100 - 125 80 - 100 50 - 65 50 - 65 8" 6" 5" 3"-3-1/2" 3"-3-1/2" 200 150 125 80 - 90 80 - 90 8" 6" 4"-5" 4"-5" 200 150 100 - 125 100 - 125 10" 10" 8" 6" 6"-8" 4"-6" 250 250 200 150 150 - 200 100 - 150 12" 12" 10" 8" 300 300 250 200 14" 14" 12"-14" 10" 8" 8" 350 350 300 - 350 250 200 200 71

PIPE ROLLS

HARVARD ROLL HANGER

A

Figure 140 Designed to support piping lines from above, allowing for vertical adjustment, and axial movement in the piping. The lower nut (not furnished) adjusts the pipe line to the proper elevation, the top nut (not furnished) prevents loosening due to vibration, and must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. Material: Carbon Steel frame with a Cast Iron Roll. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 43 and MSS-SP-69 Type 43. Finish: Plain, Painted, and Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 140 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table below showing the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M140.

E B CL D

C

FIGURE 140 – HARVARD ROLL HANGER PIPE SIZE 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

MAXIMUM LOAD 150 667 225 1001 310 1379 390 1735 475 2113 685 3047 780 3470 780 3470 780 3470 965 4293 965 4293 1200 5338 1400 6228 1400 6228 1600 7117 1800 8007


ROD SIZE A 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36



B 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 61⁄4 159 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 83⁄8 213 97⁄8 251 111⁄8 283 125⁄8 321 15 381 171⁄8 435 183⁄8 467 201⁄2 521 231⁄8 587 241⁄2 622 297⁄8 759

C 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 41⁄2 114 47⁄8 124 63⁄8 162 75⁄8 194 81⁄2 216 91⁄2 241 111⁄4 286 131⁄2 343 145⁄8 371 171⁄4 438 19 483 21 533 243⁄4 629

D 15⁄8 41 2 51 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 4 102 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 61⁄4 159 71⁄2 191 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 101⁄2 267 115⁄8 295 14 356

E 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 35⁄8 92 41⁄2 114 5 127 51⁄4 133 61⁄8 156 71⁄4 184 83⁄8 213 83⁄4 222 93⁄4 248 111⁄2 292 121⁄4 311 153⁄4 400

G 3 ⁄16 x 11⁄4 5 x 32 3 ⁄16 x 11⁄4 5 x 32 3 ⁄16 x 11⁄4 5 x 32 1 ⁄4 x 11⁄4 6 x 32 1 ⁄4 x 11⁄2 6 x 38 1 ⁄4 x 2 6 x 51 1 ⁄4 x 2 6 x 51 1 ⁄4 x 2 6 x 51 3 ⁄8 x 2 10 x 51 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄2 10 x 64 1 ⁄2 x 2 13 x 51 1 ⁄2 x 21⁄2 13 x 64 1 ⁄2 x 21⁄2 13 x 64 1 ⁄2 x 3 13 x 76 5 ⁄8 x 3 16 x 76 5 ⁄8 x 3 16 x 76

WEIGHT EACH 1.60 0.73 2.00 0.91 2.30 1.04 2.50 1.13 4.00 1.81 5.30 2.40 7.00 9.40 9.40 4.26 12.30 5.58 19.30 8.75 23.10 10.50 35.50 16.10 46.50 21.10 57.00 25.90 75.90 34.40 119.30 54.10

PIPE ROLLS Figure 140 PIPE SIZE OF ROLL 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

Figure 351 1" Cov. 25 3 ⁄4 20 1 to 11⁄2 25 to 40 2 to 21⁄2 50 to 65 3 to 31⁄2 80 to 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350

PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE to be used with Figure 140 Figure 352 Figure 353 Figure 354 Figure 355 Figure 356 11⁄2" Cov. 2" Cov. 21⁄2" Cov. 3" Cov. 4" Cov. 38 51 64 76 100

1 to 11⁄2 25 to 40 2 to 21⁄2 50 to 65 3 to 31⁄2 80 to 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 to 20 450 to 500

3 ⁄4 to 11⁄2 20 to 40 2 to 21⁄2 50 to 65 3 to 31⁄2 80 to 90 4 100 5 to 6 125 to 150 8 200

10 250 12 to 14 300 to 350 16 400 18 to 20 450 to 500

3 ⁄4 to 1 20 to 25 11⁄4 to 11⁄2 32 to 40 2 to 3 50 to 80 31⁄2 to 5 90 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 18 450

2 50 21⁄2 65 3 to 4 80 to 100 5 to 6 125 to 150 5 to 6 125 to 150 8 200 10 to 12 250 to 300 14 350 18 450


8 200 10 250 12 300 16 400



PIPE ROLLS

ADJUSTABLE ROLL SUPPORT B

Figure 142 The Figure 142 is designed for longitudinal movement of pipe where vertical adjustment is required. Although primarily used for support of the pipe, this component may also be placed over the pipe to act as a guide. Material: Cast Iron Pipe Roll and Sockets with a Carbon Steel Axle. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 42, MSS SP-69 Type 41. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galv., Hot-Dip Galv. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 142 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table below which shows the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M142.

A

D

K

FIGURE 142 – ADJUSTABLE ROLL SUPPORT PIPE SIZE 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 DIMENSIONS TEMPERATURE INCHES FAHRENHEIT MILLIMETERS CELSIUS 74

MAX LOAD 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 700 3114 700 3114 700 3114 1000 4448 1200 5338 1300 5783 1700 7562 2400 10676 3100 13790 3900 17349 4200 18683 4500 20018 6100 27135 7200 32028 LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 11⁄2 M36 WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

B 3 76 33⁄8 86 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 51⁄2 140 61⁄8 156 71⁄8 181 83⁄8 213 95⁄8 244 103⁄4 273 12 305 141⁄8 359 161⁄8 410 173⁄4 451 201⁄2 521 221⁄8 562 24 1⁄8 613 287⁄8 733 351⁄2 902

D 1 25 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 2 51 21⁄4 57 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 4 102 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 61⁄4 159 71⁄2 191 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 101⁄2 267 115⁄8 295 14 356 171⁄2 445

K 41⁄8 105 41⁄2 114 43⁄4 121 51⁄4 133 7 178 75⁄8 194 85⁄8 219 97⁄8 251 113⁄8 289 121⁄2 318 14 356 16 406 18 457 20 508 221⁄8 562 243⁄8 619 265⁄8 676 321⁄8 816 397⁄8 1013

WGT. EACH 0.45 0.20 0.48 0.22 0.51 0.23 0.57 0.26 1.48 0.67 1.48 0.67 1.78 0.81 2.42 1.10 3.96 1.80 5.99 2.72 6.43 2.92 8.45 3.83 10.20 4.63 20.90 9.48 26.07 11.80 36.59 16.60 39.00 17.70 66.90 30.30 134.00 60.80

PIPE ROLLS Figure 142 PIPE SIZE OF ROLL 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750

Figure 351 1" Cov. 25 3 ⁄4 to 1 20 to 25 11⁄4 to 11⁄2 32 to 40 21⁄2 to 3 65 to 80 31⁄2 90 4 to 5 100 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

PIPE SIZE OF COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE to be used with Figure 142 Figure 352 Figure 353 Figure 354 Figure 355 Figure 356 11⁄2" Cov. 2" Cov. 21⁄2" Cov. 3" Cov. 4" Cov. 38 51 64 76 102 3 ⁄4 to 1 20 to 25 11⁄2 40 2 to 21⁄2 50 to 65 3 to 31⁄2 80 to 90 4 to 5 100 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600

3 ⁄4 to 1 20 to 25 11⁄4 to 11⁄2 32 to 40 2 to 21⁄2 50 to 65 3 to 4 80 to 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 to 14 300 to 350 16 400

18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600

3 ⁄4 to 1 20 to 25 11⁄4 to 11⁄2 32 to 40 2 to 21⁄2 50 to 65 3 to 31⁄2 80 to 90 4 to 5 100 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 to 14 300 to 400 16 400 18 to 20 450 to 500 24 600

2 to 21⁄2 50 to 65 3 to 31⁄2 80 to 90 4 to 5 100 to 125 6 to 8 150 to 200 10 250 12 to 14 300 to 400 16 to 20 400 to 450 24 600


4 to 6 100 to 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 to 18 350 to 450 20 to 24 500 to 600



PIPE ROLLS FIG. 173 – PIPE ROLL

PIPE ROLL Figure 173 The Figure 173 is used in conjunction with our Figure 140, 142, and 333 Roll Hangers The inside of the roll is cored. A special non-conductive roll is available upon request. Material: Cast Iron. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Note: Not sold as an individual product.

A

PIPE SIZE 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 7

C

8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750




A 11⁄2 38 17⁄8 48 21⁄8 54 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 33⁄4 95 43⁄8 111 43⁄4 121 57⁄8 149 63⁄4 171 8 203 87⁄8 225 11 279 13 330 143⁄8 365 167⁄8 429 183⁄8 467 203⁄8 518 241⁄4 616 301⁄4 768

Roll Rod Diameter C 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 1 19 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44

WEIGHT EACH 0.12 0.05 0.18 0.08 0.24 0.11 0.34 0.15 0.37 0.17 0.42 0.19 0.68 0.31 0.90 0.41 1.29 0.59 1.8 0.82 2.4 1.09 3.3 1.50 4.8 2.18 10.0 4.5 12.0 5.4 19.0 8.6 22.5 10.2 22.6 10.3 43.7 19.8 98 44.5

PIPE ROLLS

ROLLER SUPPORT

A

Figure 333 The Figure 333 is designed for axial movement of pipe where vertical adjustment is required. This part is normally used directly above the supporting structure. Material: Cast Iron Pipe Roll, Carbon Steel Axle, Chair, and Hex Nuts. Do not exceed 450° F / 232° C at the contact point to the roll. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. For pipe with insulation and a pipe covering protection saddle the Figure 333 will have to be oversized to suit. Please see the Table for the Figure 142 which shows the correct sizing for insulated pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M333.

C

B

G

FIGURE 333 – ROLLER SUPPORT PIPE SIZE 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

MAXIMUM LOAD 400 1779 400 1779 400 1779 400 1779 600 2669 600 2669 900 4004 900 4004 1100 4893 1100 4893

A 27⁄8 73 33⁄8 86 4 102 41⁄2 114 51⁄8 130 61⁄8 156 71⁄4 184 93⁄8 238 111⁄2 292 131⁄2 343

B 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152

C 27⁄8 73 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 4 102 45⁄16 110 51⁄16 129 6 152 71⁄4 184 813⁄16 224 105⁄16 262

ROD G 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 1 M24 1 M24


WEIGHT EACH 2.09 0.95 2.43 1.10 2.65 1.20 2.72 1.23 3.43 1.56 4.26 1.93 7.71 3.50 9.93 4.50 16.70 7.55 19.30 8.77



PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS

INSULATION SHIELD Figure 265GS The Figure 265GS is designed to support insulated pipe and prevent crushing of the insulation at the point of support. This item is usually used with our Figure 100 Clevis Hanger. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify hanger size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M265GS.




FIGURE 265GS – INSULATION SHIELD INSIDE DIA. 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 4 102 41⁄2 114 5 127 55⁄8 143 65⁄8 168 75⁄8 194 85⁄8 219 95⁄8 244 103⁄4 273 113⁄4 298 123⁄4 324 14 356 15 381 16 406 17 432 18 457 19 483 20 508 21 533 22 559 23 584 24 610 26 660 27 686 28 711

CLEVIS HANGER SIZE 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 6 150 7 175 8 200 10 250 10 250 12 300 12 300 14 350 16 400 16 400 18 450 18 450 20 500 20 500 24 600 24 600 24 600 24 600 30 750 30 750 30 750

SHIELD GAUGE 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 18 1 16 1 16 1 16 1 16 1 16 1 14 2 14 2 14 2 14 2 14 2 14 2 12 3 12 3 12 3 12 3 12 3 12 3 12 3 12 3 12 3 12 3

LENGTH 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 18 457 18 457 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610 24 610

WEIGHT EACH 0.62 0.28 0.76 0.34 0.92 0.42 1.04 0.47 1.16 0.53 1.32 0.60 1.46 0.66 2.30 1.04 2.70 1.22 3.00 1.36 5.10 2.31 5.60 2.54 10.00 4.50 11.00 5.00 12.00 5.40 13.00 5.90 14.00 6.40 15.00 6.80 17.00 7.70 23.00 10.40 24.00 10.90 25.00 11.30 26.00 11.80 28.00 12.70 29.00 13.20 31.00 14.10 32.00 14.50 34.00 15.40


INSULATION SHIELD Figure 265P The Figure 265P is designed to protect the insulation and distribute the load at the hanger point. This item is usually used with our Figure 100 Clevis Hanger. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify hanger size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M265P.

FIGURE 265P – INSULATION SHIELD INSIDE DIAMETER 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 4 102 41⁄2 114 5 127 55⁄8 143 65⁄8 168 75⁄8 194 85⁄8 219 95⁄8 244 103⁄4 273 113⁄4 298 123⁄4 324 14 356 15 381 16 406 17 432 18 457 19 483 20 508 21 533 22 559 23 584 24 610

CLEVIS HANGER SIZE 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 5 125 6 150 7 175 8 200 10 250 10 250 12 300 12 300 14 350 16 400 16 400 18 450 18 450 20 500 20 500 24 600 24 600 24 600 24 600

LENGTH 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305



WEIGHT EACH 0.62 0.28 0.76 0.34 0.92 0.42 1.04 0.47 1.16 0.53 1.32 0.60 1.46 0.66 1.58 0.72 1.74 0.79 2.02 0.92 2.28 1.03 2.54 1.15 2.84 1.29 4.18 1.90 4.58 2.08 4.90 2.22 5.20 2.36 5.53 2.51 6.20 2.81 6.50 2.95 7.25 3.29 7.30 3.31 7.60 3.45 7.75 3.52 8.00 3.63



IRON PIPE INSULATION SHIELD Figure 265 CVB

COPPER TUBING INSULATION SHIELD Figure 365 CVB Both the Figure 265 CVB and 365 CVB are designed to insulated the pipe and tubing for thermal efficiency as well as to provide a vapor barrier to prevent moisture condensation after installation. Both products are comprised of a poly-urethane insulation, an outer wrapper and a galvanized steel shield. Recommended for an operating temperature range of –200° F (-129° C) to +250° F (121° C). Materials: Polyurethane, ASJ (Vapor Barrier), Carbon Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe/tubing size, covering thickness, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M265CVB or M365CVB. FIGURE 265 CVB – IRON PIPE SHIELD FIGURE 365 CVB – COPPER TUBING SHIELD PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500

TUBING SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150



SHIELD LENGTH 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305


VAPOR BARRIER LENGTH 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406

3 ⁄4" 0.48 0.22 0.54 0.24 0.61 0.28 0.75 0.34 0.77 0.35 0.99 0.45 1.18 0.54 1.47 0.67 1.74 0.79 3.04 1.38 2.75 1.25 3.15 1.43 3.95 1.79 4.67 2.12 5.19 2.35 5.94 2.69 6.57 2.98 8.64 3.92

NOMINAL INSULATION THICKNESS WEIGHT 1" 11⁄2" 2" 0.60 0.97 1.56 0.27 0.44 0.71 0.62 1.02 1.58 0.28 0.46 0.72 0.77 1.37 1.73 0.35 0.62 0.78 0.80 1.51 1.76 0.36 0.68 0.80 0.92 1.60 2.14 0.42 0.73 0.97 1.26 1.82 2.29 0.57 0.83 1.04 1.40 2.16 3.17 0.64 0.98 1.44 1.57 2.30 3.37 0.71 1.04 1.53 2.11 3.32 4.06 0.96 1.51 1.84 2.44 3.58 5.11 1.11 1.62 2.32 3.20 4.43 5.90 1.45 2.01 2.68 3.25 3.47 8.78 1.47 1.57 3.98 4.05 4.27 8.95 1.84 1.94 4.06 4.77 4.97 9.04 2.16 2.25 4.10 5.29 5.45 9.17 2.40 2.47 4.16 6.14 6.35 9.44 2.79 2.88 4.28 6.68 6.85 9.47 3.03 3.11 4.30 8.75 8.95 9.60 3.97 4.06 4.35


PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE Figure 351 to 357Z The Figure 351 to 357APCP saddles are used to protect the insulation against damage and keep heat loss to a minimum. They are designed for from 1" up to 5" of covering. All Saddles are 12" long with three tabs on each side for welding to pipe. Sizes 12" and larger have a welded in center rib. Material: Carbon Steel (except Fig 356Z and 357Z which are Chrome Molybdenum Steel).

Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 39A or 39B, MSS-SP-69 Type 39A or 39B and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galv., Hot-Dip Galv. Ordering: Specify figure number and pipe size. For Metric applications specify Figure M351 to M357Z.

COVERING THICKNESS

12"

CL CENTER RIB SIZES 12" & LARGER

B

B

A


A


FIGURE 351 TO 357Z – PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE

PIPE SIZE

FIG. NO. 351

3⁄ 4

352

20 353 351 1 25

352 353 351

11 ⁄ 4 32

352 353 354 351

11 ⁄ 2 40

352 353 354

MAXIMUM ACTUAL COVERING COVERING THICKNESS THICKNESS 15⁄ 16 1 25 24 11⁄ 2 11⁄ 2 38 38 2 2 51 51 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 11⁄ 2 19⁄ 16 38 40 2 21⁄ 8 51 54 7⁄ 8 1 25 22 11⁄ 2 15⁄ 8 38 41 2 115⁄ 16 51 49 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 2 64 64 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 11⁄ 2 19⁄ 16 38 40 2 23⁄ 8 51 60 21⁄ 2 27⁄ 8 64 73

MAX. LOAD 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1200 5338 1800 8007 1800 8007

SADDLE WITH FIG. 173 ROLL ROLL SIZE A 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 8 64 54 3 25 ⁄ 8 76 67 4 31 ⁄ 4 100 83 21⁄ 4 23⁄ 4 65 70 3 27 ⁄ 8 80 73 4 33 ⁄ 8 100 86 3 21 ⁄ 2 80 64 31⁄ 2 3 90 76 5 35 ⁄ 8 125 92 6 41 ⁄ 4 150 108 3 21 ⁄ 2 80 64 4 31 ⁄ 8 90 79 5 41 ⁄ 8 125 105 6 45⁄ 8 152 117

SADDLE WITH FIG. 67 ROLL B 15⁄ 8 41 21⁄ 8 54 25⁄ 8 67 13⁄ 4 44 23⁄ 8 60 23⁄ 4 70 2 51 21 ⁄ 2 64 31⁄ 16 78 31⁄ 2 89 2 51 25⁄ 8 67 33⁄ 8 86 37⁄ 8 98

ROLL SIZE 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 4-6 100-150 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 4-6 100-150

A 25⁄ 16 59 211⁄ 16 68 33⁄ 8 86 27⁄ 16 62 215⁄ 16 75 31⁄ 2 89 29⁄ 16 65 33⁄ 16 81 311⁄ 16 94 41⁄ 16 103 211⁄ 16 68 35⁄ 16 84 33⁄ 4 95 43⁄ 16 106


B 15⁄ 8 41 21⁄ 8 54 25⁄ 8 67 13⁄ 4 44 23⁄ 8 60 23⁄ 4 70 2 51 21⁄ 2 64 31⁄ 16 78 31⁄ 2 89 2 51 25⁄ 8 67 33⁄ 8 86 37⁄ 8 98 LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

WEIGHT EACH 1.15 0.52 2.10 0.95 2.63 1.19 1.15 0.52 2.10 0.95 2.63 1.19 1.25 0.57 2.10 0.95 2.63 1.19 3.25 1.47 1.50 0.68 2.10 0.95 3.10 1.41 3.75 1.70 WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS 81

PIPE SADDLES AND PIPE SHIELDS FIGURE 351 TO 357Z – PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLE

PIPE SIZE

FIG. NO. 351 352

2 50

353 354 355 351 352

21 ⁄ 2

353

65 354 355 351 352 3 80

353 354 355 351 352 353

4 100

354 355 356 356Z 357Z 351 352 353

5 125

354 355 356 356Z 357Z

MAXIMUM ACTUAL COVERING COVERING THICKNESS THICKNESS 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 11⁄ 2 19⁄ 16 38 40 2 21⁄ 8 51 54 21⁄ 2 25⁄ 8 64 67 3 31⁄ 16 76 78 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 11⁄ 2 17⁄ 8 38 48 2 23⁄ 8 51 60 21⁄ 2 27⁄ 8 64 73 3 33⁄ 8 76 86 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 11⁄ 2 19⁄ 16 38 40 2 21⁄ 16 51 52 21⁄ 2 29⁄ 16 64 65 3 31⁄ 16 76 78 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 11⁄ 2 19⁄ 16 38 40 2 21⁄ 16 51 52 21⁄ 2 29⁄ 16 64 65 3 31⁄ 8 76 79 4 41⁄ 8 102 105 4 41⁄ 16 102 103 51 ⁄ 2 511⁄ 16 140 144 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 11⁄ 2 19⁄ 16 38 40 2 21⁄ 16 51 52 21⁄ 2 29⁄ 16 64 65 3 31⁄ 16 76 78 4 41⁄ 4 102 108 4 43⁄ 16 102 106 51 ⁄ 2 511⁄ 16 140 144




MAX. LOAD 1200 5338 1200 5338 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1200 5338 1200 5338 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1200 5338 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 5000 22242 5000 22242

SADDLE WITH FIG. 173 ROLL ROLL SIZE A 31⁄ 2 27⁄ 8 80 73 4 31 ⁄ 8 102 79 6 41 ⁄ 4 152 108 7 43 ⁄ 4 178 121 7 51 ⁄ 4 178 133 4 31 ⁄ 2 102 89 6 41 ⁄ 2 152 114 6 45 ⁄ 8 152 117 7 51 ⁄ 8 178 130 7 55 ⁄ 8 178 143 4 31 ⁄ 2 102 89 6 41 ⁄ 2 152 114 7 43 ⁄ 4 178 121 8 53 ⁄ 8 203 137 8 57 ⁄ 8 203 149 6 41 ⁄ 4 152 108 7 43 ⁄ 4 178 121 7 53 ⁄ 8 178 137 10 6 254 152 10 65 ⁄ 8 254 168 12 73 ⁄ 4 305 197 12 73 ⁄ 4 305 197 16 95 ⁄ 8 406 244 6 47 ⁄ 8 152 124 7 51 ⁄ 2 178 140 8 6 203 152 10 65 ⁄ 8 254 168 10 71 ⁄ 8 254 181 12 81 ⁄ 4 305 210 12 83 ⁄ 8 305 213 18 103⁄ 16 457 259

SADDLE WITH FIG. 67 ROLL B 23⁄ 8 60 25⁄ 8 67 31⁄ 2 89 4 102 41⁄ 2 114 27⁄ 8 73 33⁄ 8 86 37⁄ 8 98 43⁄ 8 111 47⁄ 8 124 27⁄ 8 73 33⁄ 4 95 4 102 45⁄ 8 117 5 127 31⁄ 2 89 4 102 45⁄ 8 117 51 ⁄ 8 130 53⁄ 4 146 61⁄ 2 165 61⁄ 2 165 81⁄ 4 210 41⁄ 8 105 43⁄ 4 121 51 ⁄ 4 133 53⁄ 4 146 61⁄ 4 159 7 178 71⁄ 8 181 83⁄ 4 222

ROLL SIZE 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 4-6 100-150 4-6 100-150 7-10 180-255 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 4-6 100-150 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 2-31⁄ 2 50-90 4-6 100-150 4-6 100-150 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 4-6 100-150 4-6 100-150 4-6 100-150 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 16 180-255 4-6 100-150 4-6 100-150 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 18 180-255

A 215⁄ 16 75 35⁄ 16 84 37⁄ 8 98 413⁄ 16 122 55⁄ 16 135 39⁄ 16 90 33⁄ 4 95 43⁄ 16 106 51⁄ 16 129 59⁄ 16 141 39⁄ 16 90 41⁄ 16 103 49⁄ 16 116 53 ⁄ 8 137 6 152 4 102 41⁄ 16 103 51⁄ 8 130 57 ⁄ 8 149 63 ⁄ 8 162 79⁄ 16 192 75 ⁄ 8 194 91⁄ 2 241 4 102 53⁄ 16 132 6 152 67⁄ 16 164 75⁄ 32 182 83⁄ 32 206 81 ⁄ 4 210 103⁄ 4 273

B 23⁄ 8 60 25⁄ 8 67 31⁄ 2 89 4 102 41⁄ 2 114 27⁄ 8 73 33⁄ 8 86 37⁄ 8 98 43⁄ 8 111 47⁄ 8 124 27⁄ 8 73 33⁄ 4 95 4 102 45⁄ 8 117 5 127 31⁄ 2 89 4 102 45⁄ 8 117 51⁄ 8 130 53⁄ 4 146 61⁄ 2 165 61⁄ 2 165 81⁄ 4 210 41⁄ 8 105 43⁄ 4 121 51 ⁄ 4 133 53⁄ 4 146 61⁄ 4 159 7 178 71⁄ 8 181 83⁄ 4 222

WEIGHT EACH 1.63 0.74 2.10 0.95 3.12 1.42 3.63 1.65 4.40 2.00 1.75 0.79 2.40 1.09 3.12 1.42 3.63 1.65 4.40 2.00 1.75 0.79 2.75 1.25 3.50 1.59 3.93 1.78 4.40 2.00 2.13 0.97 3.00 1.36 3.50 1.59 3.93 1.78 5.00 2.27 6.30 2.86 14.45 6.55 26.40 11.98 2.38 1.08 3.00 1.36 3.62 1.64 4.06 1.84 5.00 2.27 6.30 2.86 14.95 6.78 27.40 12.43


PIPE SIZE

FIG. NO. 351 352 353

6 150

354 355 356 356Z 357Z 351 352 353

8 200

354 355 356 356Z 357Z 351 352 353

10 250

354 355 356 356Z 357Z 351 352 353

12 300

354 355 356 356Z 357Z

MAXIMUM ACTUAL COVERING COVERING THICKNESS THICKNESS 1 1 25 27 1 1 ⁄2 11⁄ 2 38 38 2 21⁄ 16 51 52 21⁄ 2 29⁄ 16 64 65 3 31⁄ 16 76 78 4 43⁄ 16 102 106 4 41 ⁄ 8 102 105 51 ⁄ 2 55⁄ 8 140 143 1 11⁄ 16 25 27 19⁄ 16 11⁄ 2 38 40 2 21⁄ 16 51 52 21⁄ 2 211⁄ 16 64 68 3 33⁄ 16 76 81 4 43⁄ 16 102 106 4 43⁄ 16 102 106 51 ⁄ 2 59⁄ 16 140 141 1 1 25 25 1 1 ⁄2 15⁄ 8 38 41 2 21⁄ 16 51 52 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 8 64 54 3 31⁄ 8 76 79 4 41⁄ 8 102 105 4 41⁄ 16 102 103 51 ⁄ 2 59⁄ 16 140 141 1 11⁄ 8 25 29 11⁄ 2 15⁄ 8 38 41 2 21⁄ 8 51 54 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 8 64 54 3 31⁄ 8 76 79 4 41⁄ 8 102 105 4 41 ⁄ 8 102 105 51 ⁄ 2 59⁄ 16 140 141

MAX. LOAD 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 7200 32028 7200 32028 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 7200 32028 7200 32028 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 1800 8007 5000 22242 5000 22242 7200 32028 7200 32028 2500 11121 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 11000 48932 11000 48932

SADDLE WITH FIG. 173 ROLL ROLL SIZE A 7 53 ⁄ 8 178 137 8 57 ⁄ 8 203 149 10 63 ⁄ 8 254 162 12 7 305 178 12 73 ⁄ 4 305 197 12 87 ⁄ 8 305 225 12 87 ⁄ 8 305 225 18 119⁄ 16 457 294 10 7 254 178 10 7 254 178 12 71 ⁄ 2 305 191 14 81 ⁄ 4 356 210 12 87 ⁄ 8 305 225 16 10 406 254 16 10 406 254 20 1113⁄ 16 508 300 10 81 ⁄ 4 254 210 10 81 ⁄ 4 254 210 12 91 ⁄ 8 305 252 16 95 ⁄ 8 406 244 16 101⁄ 8 406 257 18 111⁄ 8 457 283 18 111⁄ 8 457 283 20 131⁄ 8 508 333 14 93 ⁄ 8 356 238 14 93 ⁄ 8 356 356 16 10 406 254 18 101⁄ 2 457 267 18 111⁄ 4 457 286 20 121⁄ 4 508 311 20 121⁄ 4 508 311 24 141⁄ 4 610 362

SADDLE WITH FIG. 67 ROLL B 45⁄ 8 117 5 127 51⁄ 2 140 6 152 61⁄ 2 165 75⁄ 8 194 77⁄ 8 200 10 254 6 152 6 152 61⁄ 2 165 7 178 75⁄ 8 194 83 ⁄ 4 222 83 ⁄ 4 222 101⁄ 4 260 71⁄ 4 184 71⁄ 4 184 77⁄ 8 200 81⁄ 8 206 87⁄ 8 225 93⁄ 4 248 93⁄ 4 248 111⁄ 4 286 81⁄ 8 206 81⁄ 8 238 85 ⁄ 8 219 91⁄ 8 232 93⁄ 4 248 103⁄ 4 273 103⁄ 4 273 123⁄ 8 314

ROLL SIZE 4-6 100-150 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 12-15 305-380 7-10 180-255 12-15 305-380 12-15 305-381 18 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 12-15 305-380 12-15 305-380 12-15 305-380 12-15 305-380 20 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 7-10 180-255 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 20 406-508 12-15 305-380 12-15 305-380 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 24 406-508

A 51⁄ 8 130 63⁄ 16 157 61 ⁄ 2 165 75⁄ 8 194 71 ⁄ 2 191 813⁄ 16 224 87 ⁄ 8 225 111⁄ 2 292 69⁄ 16 167 73⁄ 16 183 711⁄ 16 195 811⁄ 16 221 827⁄ 32 225 913⁄ 16 249 97 ⁄ 8 251 113⁄ 4 298 69⁄ 16 167 73⁄ 16 183 711⁄ 16 195 911⁄ 16 246 103⁄ 8 264 111⁄ 16 281 111⁄ 8 283 125⁄ 8 321 91 ⁄ 4 235 97 ⁄ 8 251 915⁄ 16 252 109⁄ 16 268 111⁄ 8 283 121⁄ 16 306 121⁄ 8 308 133⁄ 4 349

B 45⁄ 8 117 5 127 51⁄ 2 140 6 152 61⁄ 2 165 75⁄ 8 194 77⁄ 8 200 10 254 6 152 6 152 61⁄ 2 165 7 178 75⁄ 8 194 83⁄ 4 222 83⁄ 4 222 101⁄ 4 260 71⁄ 4 184 71⁄ 4 184 77⁄ 8 200 81⁄ 8 206 87⁄ 8 225 93⁄ 4 248 93⁄ 4 248 111⁄ 4 286 81⁄ 8 206 81⁄ 8 206 85⁄ 8 219 91⁄ 8 232 93⁄ 4 248 103⁄4 273 103⁄ 4 273 123⁄ 8 314



WEIGHT EACH 3.85 1.75 4.75 2.15 6.28 2.85 7.09 3.22 8.10 3.67 10.15 4.60 16.00 7.26 27.50 12.47 5.05 2.29 5.25 2.38 7.00 3.18 7.55 3.42 9.90 4.49 10.13 4.59 16.90 7.67 34.10 15.47 5.05 2.29 5.25 2.38 7.0 3.18 8.75 3.97 10.70 4.85 13.88 6.30 17.50 7.94 36.60 16.60 7.30 3.31 7.35 3.33 9.20 4.17 10.04 4.55 11.00 4.99 14.45 6.55 28.00 12.70 36.60 16.60



PIPE SIZE

FIG. NO. 352 353 354

14 350

355 356 356Z 357Z 352 353 354

16 400

355 356 356Z 357Z 352 353 354

18 450

355 356 356Z 357Z 352 353 354

20 500

355 356 356Z 357Z 352 353 354

24 600

355 356 356Z

84

MAXIMUM ACTUAL COVERING COVERING THICKNESS THICKNESS 11⁄ 2 11⁄ 2 38 38 2 2 51 51 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 8 64 54 3 3 76 76 4 4 102 102 4 4 102 102 51 ⁄ 2 51⁄ 2 140 140 11⁄ 2 11⁄ 2 38 38 2 2 51 51 1 21⁄ 2 2 ⁄2 64 64 3 3 76 76 4 4 102 102 4 4 102 102 1 5 ⁄2 51⁄ 2 140 140 11⁄ 2 11⁄ 2 38 38 2 2 51 51 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 2 64 64 3 3 76 76 4 4 102 102 4 4 102 102 51 ⁄ 2 51⁄ 2 140 140 11⁄ 2 11⁄ 2 38 38 2 2 51 51 1 2 ⁄2 21⁄ 2 64 64 3 3 76 76 4 4 102 102 4 4 102 102 1 5 ⁄2 51⁄ 2 140 140 11⁄ 2 11⁄ 2 38 38 2 2 51 51 21⁄ 2 21⁄ 2 64 64 3 3 76 76 4 4 102 102 4 4 102 102

MAX. LOAD 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 5000 22242 11000 48932 11000 48932 5000 22242 5000 22242 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 11000 48932 11000 48932 5000 22242 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 13200 58719 13200 58719 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 13200 58719 13200 58719 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 7200 32028 13200 58719

SADDLE WITH FIG. 173 ROLL ROLL SIZE A 16 101⁄ 4 406 260 18 103⁄ 4 457 273 18 113⁄ 8 457 289 18 12 457 305 24 131⁄ 4 610 337 24 123⁄ 4 610 324 24 15 610 381 18 111⁄ 8 457 283 20 113⁄ 4 508 298 20 121⁄ 4 508 311 24 127⁄ 8 610 327 24 14 610 356 24 14 610 356 30 161⁄ 5 762 411 20 121⁄ 4 508 311 24 131⁄ 8 610 333 24 131⁄ 2 610 343 24 14 610 356 24 153⁄ 8 610 330 24 151⁄ 8 610 384 30 171⁄ 3 762 440 24 131⁄ 2 610 343 24 14 610 356 24 145⁄ 8 610 371 24 151⁄ 4 610 387 30 161⁄ 2 762 359 7 165⁄ 8 178 422 30 181⁄ 3 762 465 30 163⁄ 8 762 416 30 163⁄ 8 762 416 30 17 762 432 30 171⁄ 2 762 445 30 183⁄ 4 762 422 30 187⁄ 8 762 479

SADDLE WITH FIG. 67 ROLL B 9 229 93⁄ 8 238 97⁄ 8 251 101⁄ 2 267 113⁄ 4 298 111⁄ 4 286 131⁄ 8 333 93⁄ 4 248 101⁄ 4 260 103⁄ 4 273 111⁄ 8 283 121⁄ 4 311 121⁄ 4 311 137⁄ 8 352 103⁄ 4 273 115⁄ 8 295 113⁄ 4 298 121⁄ 4 311 135⁄ 8 346 133⁄ 8 340 15 381 113⁄ 4 298 121⁄ 4 311 127⁄ 8 327 133⁄ 4 349 141⁄ 4 362 143⁄ 8 365 16 406 141⁄ 8 359 141⁄ 8 359 143⁄ 4 375 151⁄ 4 387 161⁄ 2 419 165⁄ 8 422

ROLL SIZE 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 24 559-610 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 16-20 406-508 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 30 559-610 16-20 406-508 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 30 559-610 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 22-24 559-610 26-30 660-762 26-30 660-762 26-30 660-762 30 660-762 26-30 660-762 26-30 660-762 26-30 660-762 26-30 660-762 26-30 660-762 26-30 660-762

A 103⁄ 8 264 103⁄ 4 273 111⁄ 4 286 113⁄ 4 298 123⁄ 8 314 117⁄ 8 302 141⁄ 2 368 111⁄ 4 286 115⁄ 8 295 121⁄ 4 311 127⁄ 8 327 139⁄ 16 344 135⁄ 8 346 153⁄ 4 400 121⁄ 4 311 123⁄ 8 314 13 330 131⁄ 2 343 145⁄ 8 371 143⁄ 8 365 167⁄ 8 429 13 330 131⁄ 2 343 141⁄ 8 359 147⁄ 8 378 153⁄ 4 400 157⁄ 8 403 177⁄ 8 454 153⁄ 4 400 153⁄ 4 400 165⁄ 8 422 171⁄ 8 435 18 457 181⁄ 8 460

B 9 229 93⁄ 8 238 97⁄ 8 251 101⁄ 2 267 113⁄ 4 298 111⁄ 4 286 131⁄ 8 333 93⁄ 4 248 101⁄ 4 260 103⁄ 4 273 111⁄ 8 283 121⁄ 4 311 121⁄ 4 311 137⁄ 8 352 103⁄ 4 273 115⁄ 8 295 113⁄ 4 298 121⁄ 4 311 135⁄ 8 346 133⁄ 8 340 15 381 113⁄ 4 298 121⁄ 4 311 127⁄ 8 327 133⁄ 4 349 141⁄ 4 362 143⁄ 8 365 16 406 141⁄ 8 359 141⁄ 8 359 143⁄ 4 375 151⁄ 4 387 161⁄ 2 419 165⁄ 8 422

WEIGHT EACH 8.25 3.74 9.20 4.17 10.04 4.55 11.00 4.99 15.50 7.03 27.60 12.52 36.60 16.60 8.25 3.74 9.20 4.17 13.69 6.21 14.65 6.65 15.50 7.03 30.10 13.65 39.00 17.69 9.35 4.24 12.00 5.44 14.19 6.44 15.25 6.92 21.00 9.53 40.30 18.28 52.10 23.63 11.05 5.01 12.40 5.62 14.19 6.44 15.25 6.92 22.80 10.34 44.80 20.32 52.10 23.63 12.90 5.85 13.90 6.28 18.07 8.20 19.35 8.78 23.10 10.48 45.40 20.59


HIGH TEMPERATURE PIPE INSULATION SHIELD Figure 465 CVB The Figure 465 CVB is designed to insulated the pipe for thermal efficiency. It is comprised of a calcium silicate insert resting on an outer wrapper and a galvanized steel shield. Recommended for an operating temperature range of +250° F (+121° C) to +1200° F (+648° C). Materials: Calcium Silicate, ASJ (Outer Wrapper), and Carbon Steel. Finish: Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, covering thickness, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M465CVB.

VEE TROUGH Figure 200VT Designed to be used primarily with the Figure 200V as a support for plastic or other piping where continuous support is required. Hangers should be placed to adequately support the ends. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Pre-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M200VT.

FIGURE 465 CVB – HIGH TEMPERATURE PIPE SHIELD

PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2 15 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500

LENGTH OF OUTER WRAP 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406

NOMINAL INSULATION THICKNESS WEIGHT 3 ⁄4" 1" 11⁄2" 0.50 0.60 1.00 0.23 0.27 0.45 0.56 0.64 1.04 0.25 0.29 0.47 0.62 0.78 1.40 0.28 0.35 0.64 0.76 0.82 1.55 0.34 0.37 0.70 0.78 0.94 1.65 0.35 0.43 0.75 0.90 1.29 1.88 0.41 0.59 0.85 1.23 1.43 2.22 0.56 0.65 1.01 1.51 1.61 2.34 0.68 0.73 1.06 1.74 2.11 3.32 0.79 0.96 1.51 3.04 2.77 3.58 1.38 1.26 1.62 2.93 3.20 4.43 1.33 1.45 2.01 3.64 3.27 6.95 1.65 1.48 3.15 4.10 4.17 7.45 1.86 1.89 3.38 4.74 4.87 7.75 2.15 2.21 3.52 5.29 5.35 7.95 2.40 2.43 3.61 6.15 6.25 8.04 2.79 2.84 3.65 6.67 6.75 8.27 3.03 3.06 3.75 8.75 8.85 8.95 3.97 4.01 4.06

2" 1.56 0.71 1.53 0.69 1.74 0.79 1.81 0.82 2.15 0.98 2.33 1.06 3.24 1.47 3.40 1.54 4.06 1.84 5.11 2.32 5.90 2.68 8.78 3.98 8.95 4.06 9.04 4.10 9.25 4.20 9.47 4.30 9.60 4.35 9.67 4.39

FIGURE 200VT – VEE TROUGH SIZE 1 1 2 2

PIPE SIZE 1 ⁄2"- 2" 15 - 50 21⁄2" - 4" 65 - 100

L

L 11⁄2 38 3 76

TROUGH LENGTH 120 3048 120 3048

WGT EACH 5.39 2.44 10.78 4.89

L

85

BEAM CLAMPS

TOP BEAM CLAMP

A

Figure 6 The Figure 6 is designed to support piping from top members of angle iron trusses or the top flange of I-beams. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify clip number, flange width, flange thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M6. Made special to customer order.

B

FIGURE 6 – TOP BEAM CLAMP

CLIP NO. 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 500 2224 700 3114 1000 4448 2000 8897



ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3/4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20


B 5 ⁄16 7.9 3 ⁄8 9.5 7 ⁄16 11.1 1 ⁄2 12.7 9 ⁄16 14.3

4 102 0.46 0.21 0.62 0.28 1.05 0.48 1.59 0.72 2.77 1.26

WEIGHT EACH WIDTH OF I BEAM FLANGE 6 8 152 203 0.59 0.73 0.27 0.33 0.80 0.97 0.36 0.44 1.34 1.62 0.61 0.73 2.01 2.42 0.91 1.10 3.51 4.22 1.59 1.91

12 305 0.99 0.45 1.33 0.60 2.21 1.00 3.29 1.49 5.64 2.56

BEAM CLAMPS

ADJUSTABLE BEAM CLAMP Figure 14 Figure 14A The Figure 14 is designed to clamp to the bottom of flanged beams. After installation the unit is locked into position with a hex nut and lock washer. Figure 14A is designed for wider flange widths, please see table. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 27, MSS-SP-69 Type 27. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M14 or M14A.

B C

A

FIGURE 14 AND 14A – ADJUSTABLE BEAM CLAMP ROD SIZE MAXIMUM A LOAD 3 ⁄8 300 M10 1335 1 ⁄2 700 M12 3114 5 ⁄8 1000 M16 4448 3 ⁄4 1300 M20 5783 7 ⁄8 1400 M20 6228 1 1500 M24 6673

FLANGE WIDTH FIGURE 14 FIGURE 14A MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. 31⁄2 8 8 16 89 203 203 406 31⁄2 8 8 16 89 203 203 406 31⁄2 8 8 16 89 203 203 406 31⁄2 8 8 16 89 203 203 406 31⁄2 8 8 16 89 203 203 406 31⁄2 8 8 16 89 203 203 406

B 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95

C 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38

WEIGHT EACH FIG. 14 FIG. 14A 0.96 2.56 0.44 1.16 1.42 3.48 0.64 1.58 1.86 5.24 0.84 2.38 4.22 7.18 1.91 3.26 5.56 8.92 3.20 4.05 7.74 11.32 3.51 5.13




BEAM CLAMPS

BEAM CLAMP Figure 15 The Figure 15 is designed to attach to the bottom of| flanged beams. Normally used with the Figure 93 Eye Rod or Figure 279 Eye Nut. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 21, MSS-SP-69 Type 21. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify clamp size, flange width, flange thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M15.

A

B D

FIGURE 15 – BEAM CLAMP CLAMP SIZE 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7

CLAMP SIZE 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7

MAX LOAD 500 2224 700 3114 800 3559 1000 4448 3000 13345 3000 13345 5000 22242

2 0.52 0.24 0.74 0.34 1.26 0.57


B 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 2 44 21⁄8 54

C 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄8 29

D 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 2 51 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 3 83 41⁄8 105

3 0.62 0.28 0.82 0.37 1.49 0.68 2.32 1.05 3.40 1.54



BOLT SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24

WEIGHT EACH BEAM WIDTH – DIMENSION “A” 4 5 6 0.78 0.88 0.95 0.35 0.40 0.43 1.09 1.21 1.31 0.49 0.55 0.59 1.89 2.12 2.29 0.86 0.96 1.04 2.85 3.18 3.39 1.29 1.44 1.54 4.08 4.52 4.80 1.85 2.05 2.18 6.00 6.45 7.00 2.72 2.93 3.18 11.95 12.75 5.42 5.78

C

7

8

10

1.39 0.63 2.45 1.11 3.60 1.63 5.10 2.31 7.40 3.36 13.55 6.15

2.69 1.22 3.92 1.78 5.51 2.50 7.90 3.58 14.35 6.51

6.23 2.83 8.80 3.99 15.95 7.23

BEAM CLAMPS

TOP OR SIDE BEAM CLAMP Figure 18 The Figure 18 clamp is made in two parts. When bolted together they prevent the movement of the clamp from its position. The supporting rod is installed close to the flange of the beam. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Spec. A-A-1192A Type 25, MSS-SP-69 Type 25. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify clamp number, width of flange, thickness of flange, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M18.

A

B

C

FIGURE 18 – TOP OR SIDE BEAM CLAMP

CLIP NO. 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 500 2224 700 3114 1000 4448 2000 8897

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

B 5 ⁄16 7.9 3 ⁄8 9.5 7 ⁄16 11.1 1 ⁄2 12.7 9 ⁄16 14.3

C 13⁄4 44 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89

4 102 0.92 0.42 1.39 0.63 2.53 1.15 3.90 1.77 7.35 3.33

WEIGHT EACH WIDTH OF I BEAM FLANGE 6 8 152 203 1.04 1.12 0.47 0.51 1.56 1.66 0.71 0.75 2.81 2.98 1.27 1.35 4.32 4.57 1.96 2.07 8.08 8.48 3.67 3.85



12 305 1.45 0.66 2.11 0.96 3.72 1.69 5.62 2.55 10.13 4.59


BEAM CLAMPS

ADJUSTABLE BEAM CLAMP Figure 82 The Figure 82 is designed to attached to the bottom of flanged beams without requiring welding. Normally used with the Figure 157 Extension Piece (Not Furnished) up to a maximum 7⁄8" (M20) rod diameter. Loading is achieved through the clamp jaws while locking is accomplished by tightening the through-bolt located directly below the flange. Maximum flange thickness is 0.60 inches. Material: Malleable Iron. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 30, MSS-SP-69 Type 30 when used with a Figure 157. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, and finish. Order Figure 157 separately, if required. For Metric applications specify Figure M82.

A

FIGURE 157

FIGURE 82 – ADJUSTABLE BEAM CLAMP MAXIMUM ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

MAXIMUM LOAD 610 2714 1130 5027 1365 6072 1365 6072 1365 6072



23⁄8 60 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89


3 76 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87

ROD TAKE OUT BEAM FLANGE WIDTH – B 4 5 101 127 35⁄16 215⁄16 84 75 35⁄16 215⁄16 84 75 35⁄16 215⁄16 84 75 35⁄16 215⁄16 84 75 35⁄16 215⁄16 84 75

6 152 29⁄16 65 29⁄16 65 29⁄16 65 29⁄16 65 29⁄16 65

7 177 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48

WEIGHT EACH 1.91 0.87 2.11 0.96 2.15 0.98 2.36 1.07 2.49 1.13

BEAM CLAMPS

TOP BEAM CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT

B

Figure 192

D

The Figure 192 is designed for roof installations with bar joist type construction as well as to be attached mechanically to the top or bottom flange of steel beams. A locking nut is provided and when properly tightened prevents loosening due to vibration. The full body tapping feature for the rod allows for extra adjustment after installation. A Figure 192RS Retaining Strap may also be required by various codes. Install in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw torque values. Maximum loads are based upon full thread engagement by the rod. When using a Retaining Strap the maximum allowable flange thickness is reduced by 1⁄8". Material: Malleable Iron with Hardened Steel Cup Point Set Screw. Compliance: MSS-SP-69 (Type 19). Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M192.

E

C

A F

FIGURE 192 – TOP BEAM CLAMP ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

MAXIMUM LOAD 400 1779 500 2224 600 2669 800 3559 1200 5338

MAXIMUM PIPE SIZE 4 100 8 200 8 200 8 200 8 200

B 15⁄8 41 111⁄16 43 17⁄8 48 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60

TOP BEAM CLAMP RETAINING CLIP

C 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44

D 1 25 1 25 11⁄16 27 15⁄16 33 15⁄16 33

E 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19

WEIGHT EACH 0.33 0.15 0.34 0.15 0.39 0.18 0.63 0.29 0.60 0.27

FIGURE 192RS – TOP BEAM CLAMP RETAINING CLIP

Figure 192RS The Figure 192RS is designed for use with Figure 192 and Figure 192W Top Beam Clamp to prevent movement of the clamp due to vibration after installation. Available in up to 41⁄2", 6", 8", 10" and 14" lengths (Two inches should be added to beam flange width to determine length and select next largest strap length if between sizes.) Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, length, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M192RS.

F 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16

ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

41⁄2 114 0.15 0.07 0.15 0.07 0.20 0.09 0.20 0.09 0.31 0.14

WEIGHT EACH LENGTH – DIMENSION “C” 6 8 10 152 203 254 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.10 0.13 0.16 0.21 0.28 0.35 0.10 0.13 0.16 0.26 0.35 0.44 0.12 0.16 0.20 0.26 0.35 0.44 0.12 0.16 0.20 0.42 0.56 0.70 0.19 0.25 0.32

14 356 0.49 0.22 0.49 0.22 0.62 0.28 0.62 0.28 0.98 0.44

C




BEAM CLAMPS

WIDE MOUTH TOP BEAM CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT

B D

Figure 192W The Figure 192W is designed for roof installations with bar joist type construction as well as to be attached mechanically to the top or bottom flange of steel beams. A locking nut is provided and when properly tightened prevents loosening due to vibration. The full body tapping feature for the rod allows for extra adjustment after installation. A Figure 192RS Retaining Strap may also be required by various codes. Install in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw torque values. Maximum loads are based upon full thread engagement by the rod. When using a Retaining Strap the maximum allowable flange thickness is reduced by 1⁄8". Material: Malleable Iron with Hardened Steel Cup Point Set Screw. Compliance: MSS-SP-69 (Type 19). Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M192W.

C

E

A F

FIGURE 192W – WIDE MOUTH TOP BEAM CLAMP ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20

MAXIMUM LOAD 400 1779 500 2224 850 3781 900 4004


MAXIMUM PIPE SIZE 4 100 4 200 5 125 6 150



B 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 21⁄4 57 23⁄8 60

C 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 25⁄16 59 23⁄8 60

D 11⁄16 27 11⁄16 27 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35

E 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32

F 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19

WEIGHT EACH 0.37 0.17 0.35 0.16 0.49 0.22 0.87 0.39

BEAM CLAMPS

ADJUSTABLE SIDE BEAM CLAMP Figure 217 The Figure 217 is designed to attach mechanically to a steel beam and allow a drop rod to placed at or near the edge of the beam. Various beam flange widths and thicknesses can be accommodated. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: MSS-SP-69 Type 25. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galv. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and type. For Metric applications specify Figure M217. A

FIGURE 217 – ADJUSTABLE SIDE BEAM CLAMP

TYPE 1 Size 3 Size 76 Size 45⁄8 Size 117 Size 61⁄8 Size 156 Size 75⁄8 Size 194 TYPE 2 Size 3 Size 76 Size 45⁄8 Size 117 Size 61⁄8 Size 156 Size 75⁄8 Size 194 TYPE 3 Size 3 Size 76 Size 45⁄8 Size 117 Size 61⁄8 Size 156 Size 75⁄8 Size 194

A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10

MAXIMUM LOAD 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335 300 1335

MAXIMUM FLANGE THICKNESS 3 ⁄8 M10 3/8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10

FLANGE WIDTH 3 - 41⁄2 76 - 114 45⁄8 - 6 117 - 152 61⁄8 - 71⁄2 156 - 191 75⁄8 - 9 194 - 229

WEIGHT EACH 0.80 0.36 1.06 0.48 1.17 0.53 1.28 0.58

1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

500 2224 500 2224 500 2224 500 2224

1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

3 - 41⁄2 76 - 114 45⁄8 - 6 117 - 152 61⁄8 - 71⁄2 156 - 191 75⁄8 - 9 194 - 229

1.57 0.71 1.84 0.83 2.05 0.93 2.23 1.01

5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16

700 3114 700 3114 700 3114 700 3114

5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16

3 - 41⁄2 76 - 114 45⁄8 - 6 117 - 152 61⁄8 - 71⁄2 156 - 191 75⁄8 - 9 194 - 229

3.75 1.70 4.19 1.90 4.53 2.05 5.11 2.32




BEAM CLAMPS

BEAM CLAMP

A

Figure 268 Designed to allow the connection of hanger rods to steel beams without welding. Vertical rod adjustment is approximately 2 inches after installation. Material: Carbon Steel Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, width of beam flange and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M268. Note: “A” minimum is 3".

B

ADJ. D

E C

FIGURE 268 – BEAM CLAMP SIZE 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5

MAXIMUM LOAD 700 3114 1500 6673 2600 11566 4300 19128 8000 35587

A (MIN.) 4 102 4 102 4 102 41⁄2 114 5 127

ROD SIZE E 1 ⁄2 M15 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 11⁄4 M30

B 4 102 4 102 4 102 5 127 51⁄2 140

C 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64

ADJUSTMENT D 213⁄16 71 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83

STEEL SIZE 1 ⁄4 X 11⁄4 6 X 32 3 ⁄8 X 2 10 X 51 1 ⁄2 X 2 13 X 51 1 ⁄2 X 21⁄2 13 X 64 5 ⁄8 X 4 16 X 102

PURLIN CLAMP Figure 290 Designed to attach directly to steel purlins. Maximum Pipe Size is 4". Material: Malleable Iron with hardened steel cup point set screw. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M290.

7/8" 2"

FIG. 290 – PURLIN CLAMP ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10

MAXIMUM LOAD 400 1779



WEIGHT EACH 0.82 0.37


2"

BEAM CLAMPS

STEEL BEAM CLAMP WITH WELDLESS EYENUT

BEAM FLANGE WIDTH

Figure 297 The Figure 297 beam clamp with eyenut is used when welding to the structure is prohibited for supports where some movement is expected. The clamping effect is produced by the “ice tong” action of the arms and is locked in place by the through bolt located just under the beam flange. Material: Carbon Steel with Forged Steel Eyenut. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 28, MSS-SP-69 Type 28 and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, rod size, clamp number and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M297.

E

A FIGURE 297 – STEEL BEAM CLAMP WITH WELDLESS EYENUT

CLAMP SIZE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

MAXIMUM LOAD 2710 68834 4960 125984 4960 125984 4960 125984 4960 125984 11500 292100 11500 292100 11500 292100

MAXIMUM ROD SIZE A 3⁄ 4 M20 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 1 M24 11⁄2 M36 11⁄2 M36 2 M48

BEAM WIDTH 3-8 76 - 203 3-8 76 - 203 4 - 11 102 - 279 4 - 12 102 - 305 11 - 15 279 - 381 4 - 12 102 - 305 11 - 15 279 - 381 4 - 12 102 - 305

MAXIMUM FLANGE THICKNESS 0.6 15 0.6 15 0.6 15 1.03 26 1.03 26 1.03 26 1.03 26 1.03 26

BODY SIZE A A B C D C D C

WEIGHT EACH 5.5 2.5 5.5 2.5 9.0 4.1 29.0 13.2 33.3 15.1 29.0 13.2 33.3 15.1 29.0 13.2

** Based on the allowable stresses shown in ANSI Code for Pressure Piping

ROD TAKEOUT "E" FOR WIDTH OF BEAM CLAMP BODY SIZE SIZE 1 A 1 A 2 A 2 A 3 B 3 B 4 C 4 C 5 D 5 D 6 C 6 C 7 D 7 D 8 C 8 C

3 53⁄16 132 53⁄16 132

4 51⁄8 130 51⁄8 130 81⁄4 210 85⁄8 219 85⁄8 219 115⁄8 295

5 5 127 5 127 81⁄8 206 85⁄8 219 85⁄8 219 111⁄2 292

6 413⁄16 122 413⁄16 122 81⁄8 206 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 111⁄2 292

7 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 77⁄8 200 83⁄8 213 83⁄8 213 113⁄8 289

8 315⁄16 100 315⁄16 100 73⁄4 197 81⁄8 206 81⁄8 206 111⁄8 283

9

10

11

12

73⁄8 187 77⁄8 200

7 178 75⁄8 194

61⁄2 165 7 178 91⁄2 241 7 178 93⁄4 248 101⁄2 267

63⁄4 171 91⁄4 235 63⁄4 171 91⁄2 241 10 254

77⁄8 200 107⁄8 276

75⁄8 194 103⁄4 273


13

14

15

87⁄8 225

83⁄8 213

77⁄8 200

91⁄8 232

83⁄4 222

81⁄8 206



BEAM CLAMPS

EXTENDED BEAM CLAMP Figure 314 The Figure 314 is used where the supporting I beam is to be covered with fireproofing material. The bottom bolt has a spacer to allow for free movement of the connecting eyerod or weldless eyenut. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify clamp size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M314.

A BOLT SIZE J F PIPE SPACER R MAX. G MIN.

FIGURE 314 – EXTENDED BEAM CLAMP NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15

MAXIMUM LOAD 1500 6673 1500 6673 1500 6673 1500 6673 1500 6673 3000 13345 3000 13345 3000 13345 3000 13345 3000 13345 6000 26690 6000 26690 6000 26690 6000 26690 6000 26690



FLANGE WIDTH 4 102 5-6 127 - 152 61⁄2 - 71⁄2 165 - 191 8-9 203 - 229 10 - 101⁄2 254 - 267 4 102 5-6 127 - 152 61⁄2 - 71⁄2 165 - 191 8-9 203 - 229 10 - 101⁄2 254 - 267 4 102 5-6 127 - 152 61⁄2 - 71⁄2 165 - 191 8-9 203 - 229 10 - 101⁄2 254 - 267


A 65⁄8 168 71⁄8 181 77⁄8 200 85⁄8 219 95⁄8 244 71⁄16 179 79⁄16 192 85⁄16 211 91⁄16 230 913⁄16 249 93⁄8 238 97⁄8 251 105⁄8 270 113⁄8 289 121⁄8 308

F 13 ⁄16 20.6 13 ⁄16 20.6 13 ⁄16 20.6 13 ⁄16 20.6 13 ⁄16 20.6 15 ⁄16 24 15 ⁄16 24 15 ⁄16 24 15 ⁄16 24 15 ⁄16 24 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32

MINIMUM G 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25

J 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 11⁄8 M30 11⁄8 M30 11⁄8 M30 11⁄8 M30 11⁄8 M30

MAXIMUM R 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22

BEAM CLAMPS

BEAM CLAMP WITH SWING NUT

H

Figure 702 D

Identical in design to the Figure 15 Beam Clamp, the Figure 702 comes with the addition of a right-hand tapped swing nut. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 21, MSS SP-69 Type 21. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, width of beam, thickness of flange, and type Number of clamp. For Metric applications specify Figure M702.

E

B

C

A

FIGURE 702 – BEAM CLAMP WITH SWING NUT TYPE NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

TYPE NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

MAXIMUM LOAD 500 2224 1000 4448 1500 6673 2000 8897 3000 13345 3250 14457

3 0.69 0.31 1.13 0.51

4 0.79 0.36 1.25 0.57 2.44 1.11 3.67 1.66

A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24

5 0.90 0.41 1.41 0.64 2.67 1.21 4.00 1.81 5.83 2.64 9.55 4.33

B 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 2 51 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 WEIGHT EACH DIMENSION H 6 7 0.95 1.15 0.43 0.52 1.50 1.64 0.68 0.74 2.84 3.06 1.29 1.39 4.21 4.58 1.91 2.08 6.11 6.43 2.77 2.92 9.97 10.61 4.52 4.81

C 3 ⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 2 51

8 1.30 0.59 1.73 0.78 3.28 1.49 4.80 2.18 6.81 3.09 11.104 5.04

D 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32

E 1 25 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44

9

10

12

1.83 0.83 3.40 1.54 5.07 2.30 7.17 3.25 11.57 5.25

1.93 0.88 3.58 1.62 5.27 2.39 7.46 3.38 12.00 5.44

8.23 3.73 13.19 5.98




C-CLAMPS

“C” CLAMP RETAINING CLIP Figure 22 The Figure 22 is designed for use with Figure 238 and 193 “C” Clamps. to prevent movement of the “C” Clamp due to vibration after installation. Available in up to 41⁄2", 6", 8", 10" and 14" lengths (One inch should be added to beam flange width to determine length; select next largest strap length if between standard lengths.) The Figure 196 3⁄8" (M10) uses a Type 1, while all other sizes use a Type 2. Type 1 is for Figure 238, 3⁄8" (M10), 1⁄2" (M12), 5⁄8" (M16), 3⁄4" (M20) and 7/8" (M20) rod sizes. Type 2 is for Figure 193, 1⁄2" (M12), 5⁄8" (M16) and 3⁄4" (M20) rod sizes only. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, length, type, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M22.

FIGURE 22 – “C” CLAMP RETAINING CLIP

CLIP SIZE 1 1 2 2

41⁄2 114 0.15 0.07 0.21 0.10

WEIGHT EACH LENGTH - DIMENSION “C” 6 8 10 152 203 254 0.22 0.33 0.36 0.10 0.15 0.16 0.28 0.36 0.45 0.13 0.16 0.20




C

14 356 0.50 0.23 0.59 0.27

C-CLAMPS

C-CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT

E

Figure 47 Figure 47SS (Stainless Steel)

C-CLAMP WITHOUT LOCKING NUT Figure 238 The Figure 47 is designed to attach to the bottom flange of a steel beam. A locking nut is provided and when tightened prevents loosening due to vibration. The Figure 238 is identical to the Figure 47 and may require a Figure 22 Retaining Clip to prevent loosening due to vibration. Install both Figure 47 and 238 in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw torque values. Maximum loads are based upon full thread engagement by the rod. Some Codes require the use of a Figure 22 Retaining Clip on all C-Clamps. When using a Retaining Clip the maximum allowable flange thickness is reduced by 1⁄8". Material: Carbon Steel with Hardened Steel Cup Point Set Screw. Stainless Type 304. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 23, MSS-SP-69 Type 23. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Figure 47SS (Sizes 3⁄8", 1⁄2", 5⁄8"). Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M47 or Figure M238.

C

F

A D

FIGURE 47 – C CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

MAX LOAD 400 1779 500 2224 600 2669 800 3559 1200 5338

C 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 3 76

D 21⁄4 57 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70

E 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 11⁄4 32

F 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 1 25

SET SCREW SIZE 3 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 10 x 38 1 ⁄2 x 11⁄2 13 x 38 5 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 16 x 38 3 ⁄4 x 11⁄2 19 x 38 3 ⁄4 x 11⁄2 19 x 38

WEIGHT EACH 0.38 0.17 0.38 0.17 0.68 0.31 0.79 0.36 1.83 0.83

D 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70

E 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 11⁄4 32

F 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 1 25

SET SCREW SIZE 3 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 10 x 38 1 ⁄2 x 11⁄2 13 x 38 5 ⁄8 x 11⁄2 16 x 38 3 ⁄4 x 11⁄2 19 x 38 3 ⁄4 x 11⁄2 19 x 38

WEIGHT EACH 0.36 0.16 0.36 0.16 0.63 0.29 0.72 0.33 1.65 0.75

FIGURE 238 – C CLAMP WITHOUT LOCKING NUT ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

MAX LOAD 400 1779 400 1779 440 1957 800 3559 1200 5338

C 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 3 76




C-CLAMPS

C-CLAMP WITH LOCKING NUT Figure 196 The Figure 196 is designed to attach mechanically to the bottom flange of a steel beam and may require a Figure 22 Retaining Clip to prevent loosening due to vibration after installation. Install Figure 196 in accordance with MSS-SP69 set screw torque values. Maximum loads are based upon full thread engagement by the rod. Some Codes require the use of a Figure 22 Retaining Clip on all C-Clamps. When using a Retaining Clip the maximum allowable flange thickness is reduced by 1⁄8". Material: Malleable Iron with Hardened Steel Cup Point Set Screw. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 23, MSS-SP-69 Type 23. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M196.

D

F

C

A

E

FIGURE 196 – C-CLAMP ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20

MAXIMUM LOAD 400 1779 400 1779 440 1957 500 2224



PIPE SIZES 1 ⁄2 to 2 15 to 50 21⁄2 to 31⁄2 65 to 90 4 to 5 100 to 125 6 150


C 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 2 51 2 51

D 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 2 51 2 51

E 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19

F 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19

WEIGHT EACH 0.33 0.15 0.39 0.18 0.46 0.21 0.52 0.24

STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS

ANGLE KNEE

L

Figure 9 The Figure 9 is used in supporting pipe hangers to the side of joist, steel, or wood beams. It can be either bolted or welded to the structure. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Compliance:A-A-1192A Type 34 and MSS-SP-69 Type 34. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M9.

H TYP.

B TYP.

A TYP.

FIGURE 9 – ANGLE KNEE SIZE A A B B C C

ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16

MAX. LOAD 150 667 300 1335 760 3381

A 11⁄8 29 13⁄4 44 21⁄2 64

EXTENSION BAR

B 2 51 3 76 4 102

H ⁄16 11 9 ⁄16 14 11 ⁄16 17 7

L 2 51 3 76 4 102

WGT. EACH 0.53 0.24 1.23 0.56 2.20 1.00

A

Figure 10 The Figure 10 is made of soft steel and can be easily cut with a cold chisel to any desired length, twisted, bent, or otherwise manipulated without breaking, yet retaining its strength. Furnished in ten, fifty, or one hundred foot rolls. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify size, length and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M10.

C

FIGURE 10 – EXTENSION BAR SIZE 0 0 1 1 2 2

A 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 1 25

B 1 ⁄4 6 1 ⁄4 6 1 ⁄4 6

C 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13

WEIGHT PER FT. 0.12 0.05 0.18 0.08 0.25 0.11

B





J BEAM HOOK Figure 31 The Figure 31 is used in conjunction with our Figure 33 Machine Thread Eye Rod when it is necessary to support piping from the top flange of beam which allows the pipe to run close to the bottom of the beam where headroom is limited. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Length equals the distance from the end of the threaded end to the inside of the hook. Ordering: Specify rod size, length, thickness of flange, figure number, and finish. Made special to customer order. For Metric applications specify Figure M31. FIGURE 31 – J BEAM HOOK

SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

4 102 0.19 0.09 0.33 0.15 0.52 0.24 0.75 0.34 1.02 0.46

WEIGHT EACH RODWIDTH OF I BEAM FLANGE 6 7 8 152 178 203 0.25 0.28 0.32 0.11 0.13 0.15 0.45 0.5 0.56 0.20 0.23 0.25 0.70 0.78 0.87 0.32 0.35 0.39 1.01 1.13 1.26 0.46 0.51 0.57 1.36 1.53 1.71 0.62 0.69 0.78

5 127 0.22 0.10 0.39 0.18 0.61 0.28 0.89 0.40 1.20 0.54

WALL BRACKET

10 254 0.38 0.17 0.67 0.30 1.02 0.46 1.50 0.68 2.04 0.93

A

Figure 49 The Figure 49 is designed for light duty applications. Compliance: MSS-SP 69 Type 31. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M49. FIGURE 49 – BRACKET SIZE 1 1 2 2 3 3

MAX LOAD 500 2224 500 2224 500 2224

ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10



H

B

A 9 229 13 330 19 483

B 81⁄4 210 121⁄4 311 181⁄8 460


H 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35

WGT. EACH 3.12 1.42 4.60 2.09 13.47 6.11

1" 13/16" HOLES TYPE. (3) PLACES

12 305 0.44 0.20 0.78 0.35 1.22 0.55 1.75 0.79 2.39 1.08

1"


LIGHT WELDED STEEL BRACKET

STEEL BRACKET CLIP

Figure 69

Figure 78

The Figure 69 is designed to support up to 6" pipe. This bracket is for installation to walls as shown or inverted, and may require a backing plate. Holes for up to 3⁄4" rods are located at each end of the bracket to allow for use in either orientation. The Figure 78 Steel Bracket Clip can be attached to the Figure 69 to support piping 3 1/2" or smaller. Please see the Figure 79 for more information. Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 31, MSS-SP 69 Type 31. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M69 and M79 as required.

The Figure 78 Clip can be used to support piping 31⁄2" or smaller from the horizontal member of a Figure 69 Steel Bracket. The Clip is composed of two steel plates and one bolt and nut. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications Specify Figure M78.

A

FIG. NO. 78

1 1/4"

1"

B

1" FOR CLIP SEE FIG. NO. 78 A

C

FIGURE 78 – STEEL BRACKET CLIP

13/16" TYP (3) PLCS. 1" D

2"

SIZE 1 1 2 2

ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12

MAX LOAD 610 2714 750 3336

WEIGHT EACH 0.80 0.36 1.24 0.56

FIGURE 69 – LIGHT WELDED STEEL BRACKET SIZE 1 1 2 2 3 3

MAX LOAD 750 3336 750 3336 750 3336

A 9 229 13 330 19 483

B 8 203 12 305 18 457

C 61⁄2 165 101⁄2 267 161⁄2 419

WGT. EACH 6.99 3.17 10.10 4.60 10.50 4.74





STEEL CONCRETE INSERT Figure 75 The Figure 75 is designed to provide an economical method of overhead rod support by being embedded in concrete. The insert is nailed in place prior to the concrete being poured. After the pour has cured the insert knock-out is removed, a Figure 75N Insert Nut installed, and the rod attached. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification WW-H-171 (Type 19), MSS-SP-69 Type 18. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. If an Insert Nut Figure 75N is required, it must be ordered separately by Figure number rod size and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M75 and M75N.

D

B

C

CONCRETE INSERT NUT Figure 75N Designed for use with Figure 75 Steel Concrete Insert. Finish: Plain, Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M75N.

E F

FIGURE 75 – STEEL CONCRETE INSERT FIGURE 75N – CONCRETE INSERT NUT ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20

MAXIMUM LOAD 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669 600 2669

B 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79

C 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41

D 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22

Maximum Load Rating is dependant upon the selected nut size used.




E 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38

F 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51

WEIGHT EACH INSERT NUT 0.44 0.10 0.20 0.05 0.44 0.14 0.20 0.06 0.44 0.16 0.20 0.07 0.44 0.17 0.20 0.08


BRACKET

B

1"

Figure 83 This bracket is used on light duty applications. Dimension “B” can be changed upon request. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify bracket size, figure number, and finish. FIGURE 83 – BRACKET

SIZE 1 1 2 2 3 3

MAX. LOAD 610 2714 610 2714 610 2714

A

A 8 203 8 203 8 203

B 4 102 6 152 9 229

MAX. ROD SIZE 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

6"

WGT. EACH 2.7 1.2 3.2 1.5 4.4 2.0

9/16" HOLES

ROD SIZE

MEDIUM WELDED STEEL BRACKET

A

L

L

Figure 84

D

The Figure 84 is designed to support pipe from either above or below. Slotted construction allows for drop rod use along the length of the bracket. This bracket is for bolted installation to walls and may require a backing plate. Special steel brackets can be fabricated to customers loads and/or dimensions. Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 32, MSS-SP 69 Type 32. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M84.

B

C

E

G

1"

FIGURE 84 – MEDIUM WELDED STEEL BRACKET SIZE 0 0 1 1 2 2

MAX LOAD 1500 6673 1500 6673 1500 6673

A 12 305 18 457 24 610

B 18 457 24 610 30 762

C 151⁄2 394 211⁄2 546 271⁄2 699

D 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32

E 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64

G 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38


L 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21


WGT EACH 15.50 7.03 24.70 11.20 37.70 17.10



SINGLE PLATE

SINGLE PLATE

Figure 85E Figure 85CT Figure 85B

Figure 85SE

(Rod Tapped – Electro-Galvanized) (Rod Tapped – Copper Finish) (Rod Tapped – Plain Finish)

The Figure 85 is designed for attaching a rod to a wooden member. This part is normally used in conjunction with our Figure 81 Split Ring. Material: Malleable Iron. Figure 85SE and 85SCT are Carbon Steel. Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For metric applications specify Figure M85E, M85CT or M85B.

(Rod Tapped, Steel – Electro-Galvanized) Figure 85SCT (Rod Tapped, Steel – Copper Finish) The Figure 85 is designed for attaching a rod to a wooden member. This part is normally used in conjunction with our Figure 81 Split Ring. Material: Carbon Steel. Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For metric applications specify Figure M85SE or M85SCT.

A ROD TAP B C

TAP

E

C

FIGURE 85E AND FIGURE 85B – SINGLE PLATE ROD TAP 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12

MAX LOAD 180 801 180 801

A 2 51 2 51

FIGURE 85SE AND FIGURE 85SCT – SINGLE PLATE

B 1 ⁄4 6 1 ⁄4 6

C 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13

WGT. EACH 0.19 0.09 0.18 0.08

B 1 ⁄4 6 1 ⁄4 6

C 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13

WGT. EACH 0.19 0.09 0.18 0.08

FIGURE 85CT – SINGLE PLATE ROD TAP 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12

MAX LOAD 180 801 180 801


A 2 51 2 51



ROD TAP 3 ⁄8 M10

MAX LOAD 180 801

C 13⁄4 44

E 1 ⁄4 6

WGT. EACH 0.17 0.08


FEMALE CEILING MOUNT BOLT

MALE CEILING MOUNT BOLT

Figure 104F

Figure 104M

The Figure 104F is designed for rod attachment directly into the ceiling from overhead poured concrete. Loads are based upon 3500 psi concrete and 80 psi bond stress. Material: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M104F.

The Figure 104M is designed for rod attachment using a rod coupling like our Figure 123 from overhead poured concrete ceilings. Loads are based upon 3500 psi concrete and 80 psi bond stress. Material: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M104M.

B

B

3X3 WASHER PLATE

3X3 WASHER PLATE

3/16"o/ NAILING HOLES

A

3/16"o/ NAILING HOLES

4" 2" (THREAD)

A

FIGURE 104F – FEMALE CEILING MOUNT BOLT ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36

MAX LOAD 610 2714 1130 5027 1810 8052 2710 12055 3770 16770 4960 22064 8000 35587 11630 51735

B 41⁄8 105 41⁄4 108 415⁄16 125 51⁄8 130 6 152 61⁄16 154 73⁄8 187 83⁄4 222

WEIGHT EACH 0.80 0.36 0.93 0.42 1.56 0.71 2.37 1.08 3.55 1.61 4.08 1.85 7.30 3.31 10.18 4.62

NOTE: Spacing of these items should not be less than twice Dimension B from the centerline.

FIGURE 104M – MALE CEILING MOUNT BOLT ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 11⁄4 M30

MAX LOAD 610 2714 1080 4804 1600 7117 1900 8452 2500 11121 2800 12456 3700 16459

WEIGHT EACH 0.90 0.41 1.15 0.52 1.91 0.87 2.88 1.31 4.15 1.88 4.98 2.26 8.04 3.65

B 41⁄2 114 45⁄8 117 55⁄8 143 53⁄4 146 63⁄4 171 7 178 81⁄4 210

NOTE: Spacing of these items should not be less than twice Dimension B from the centerline. Minimum distance from centerline to the edge of the concrete is Dimension B

Minimum distance from centerline to the edge of the concrete is Dimension B





MALLEABLE CONCRETE INSERT

FIGURE 108 – MALLEABLE CONCRETE INSERT

Figure 108

A 33⁄8 86

CONCRETE INSERT NUT Figure 108N The Malleable Concrete Insert is used for supporting pipe lines up to 12" diameter and where it is desired to install the supporting rods after the insert has been set. Lateral adjustments of 111⁄16 inches on rod sizes of 3⁄8 inch to 3⁄4 inches and 11⁄8 inches on 7⁄8 inch rod size. The nut is not included but can be ordered separately as our Figure 108N and furnished tapped for 3⁄8, 1⁄2, 5⁄8, 3⁄4, or 7⁄8 inch rod diameters. Material: Malleable Iron Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 18 and MSS-SP69 Type 18. Finish: Figure 108: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized; Figure 108N: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number and finish for Figure 108. Specify rod tap size, figure number and finish for Figure 108N. For Metric applications specify Figure M108 and M108N. A

D

B 23⁄16 56

C 33⁄8 86

D 17⁄8 48

E 15 ⁄16 24

FIGURE 108N – CONCRETE INSERT NUT 3

SIZE MAX. LOAD WGT. EACH

⁄8 M10 610 2714 0.20 0.09

1

⁄2 M12 1130 5027 0.21 0.10

5

⁄8 M16 1140 5071 0.20 0.09

3

⁄4 M20 1140 5071 0.22 0.10

E

FIGURE 108N C




7

⁄8 M20 1140 5071 0.21 0.10

ROD TAP

B

FIGURE 108

WGT. EACH 1.3 0.59


WELDED BEAM ATTACHMENT

S

Figure 113A Figure 113B

E

Figure 113A is recommended for attachment to the bottom of beams when little or no pipe movement is expected. Figure 113B is recommended for attachment to the bottom of beams, when pipe movement is expected. A bolt & nut or pin is supplied. A pin with cotters is normally supplied for rod sizes over 1". Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 22, MSS SP-69 Type 22 and BSPSS-BS3974. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify Figure No., rod size and finish. For Metric applications specify M113A or M113B.

C L C

FIG 113A

ROD SIZE A

B

E1

CL C

R

S

T

CL H

FIG 113B FOR ROD SIZES 2" AND LARGER FIGURE 113 – WELDED BEAM ATTACHMENT ROD SIZE 3⁄ 8 M10 1⁄ 2 M12 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 2 M36 13 ⁄ 4 M42 2 M48 21 ⁄ 4 M56 21 ⁄ 2 M64 23 ⁄ 4 M72 3 M80 31 ⁄ 4 M80 31 ⁄ 2 M90

MAX LOAD BOLT 650° F OR 343° C PIN SIZE 1⁄ 2 610 2714 M12 5⁄ 8 1130 5027 M16 3⁄ 4 1810 8052 M20 7⁄ 8 2710 12055 M20 3770 1 16770 M24 4960 11 ⁄ 8 22064 M30 8000 13 ⁄ 8 35587 M36 11600 15⁄ 8 51601 M42 15700 17⁄ 8 69840 M48 20700 21⁄ 4 92082 M56 27200 21⁄ 2 120996 M64 33500 21⁄ 2 149021 M64 41580 3 184964 M80 50580 31⁄ 4 225000 M80 71280 31⁄ 2 317082 M90 71280 33 ⁄ 4 317082 M90

C 27⁄ 8 73 27⁄ 8 73 27⁄ 8 73 31⁄ 8 79 41 ⁄ 4 108 41⁄ 2 114 5 127 51⁄ 2 140 73⁄ 4 197 81⁄ 4 210 93⁄ 4 248 93⁄ 4 248 93 ⁄ 4 248 101⁄ 4 260 111⁄ 2 292 12 305

ROD TAKEOUT FIG 113A FIG 113B E E1 17 ⁄ 8 2 48 51 13 ⁄ 4 2 44 51 13 ⁄ 4 2 44 51 11⁄ 8 2 29 51 25 ⁄ 8 3 67 76 3 31⁄ 2 76 89 2 3 51 76 21 ⁄ 2 4 64 102 23 ⁄ 4 5 70 127 N/A 5 N/A 127 N/A 61 ⁄ 4 N/A 159 N/A 61 ⁄ 4 N/A 159 N/A 53 ⁄ 4 N/A 146 N/A 61 ⁄ 4 N/A 159 N/A 7 N/A 178 N/A 71⁄ 2 N/A 191

H

R

S

9⁄ 16 14 11⁄ 16 17 13⁄ 16 21 15⁄ 16 24 11 ⁄ 8 29 11 ⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 2 38 13⁄ 4 44 2 51 23 ⁄ 8 60 25 ⁄ 8 67 27⁄ 8 73 31⁄ 8 79 33⁄ 8 86 35 ⁄ 8 92 37⁄ 8 98

7⁄ 8 22 7⁄ 8 22 7⁄ 8 22 11⁄ 8 29 11 ⁄ 4 32 11 ⁄ 2 38 2 51 21 ⁄ 2 64 23 ⁄ 4 70 31 ⁄ 4 83 31 ⁄ 2 89 33 ⁄ 4 95 4 102 4 102 41 ⁄ 2 114 41 ⁄ 2 114

11 ⁄ 4 32 11 ⁄ 4 32 11 ⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 2 38 2 51 3 76 3 76 31⁄2 89 33⁄ 4 95 31⁄ 2 89 31⁄ 2 89 33⁄ 4 95 33 ⁄ 4 95 33⁄ 4 95 41 ⁄ 4 108 41 ⁄ 4 108


WEIGHT EACH FIG 113A FIG 113B W/O B&N W B&N 0.96 1.20 0.44 0.54 0.96 1.20 0.44 0.54 0.96 1.60 0.44 0.73 1.90 2.80 0.86 1.27 2.50 3.90 1.13 1.77 4.30 6.30 1.95 2.86 8.10 10.20 3.67 4.63 15.60 19.00 7.08 8.62 18.70 24.20 8.48 10.98 N/A 30.60 N/A 13.88 N/A 36.80 N/A 16.69 N/A 39.70 N/A 18.01 N/A 39.70 N/A 18.01 N/A 49.00 N/A 22.23 N/A 67.60 N/A 30.66 N/A 79.30 N/A 35.97 LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS



HEAVY WELDED STEEL BRACKET Figure 139 The Figure 139 is designed to support pipe from either above or below. Slotted construction allows for drop rod use along the length of the bracket. This bracket is for bolted installation to walls and may require a backing plate. Special steel brackets can be fabricated to customers loads and/or dimensions. Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 33, MSS-SP 69 Type 33. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M139.

F K

L

L

D

ONE BOLT HOLE IN SIZE 0 BRACKET

H

B

A

C

E J

G

1" 1/2"

FIGURE 139 – HEAVY WELDED STEEL BRACKET SIZE 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5

MAX LOAD 3000 13345 3000 13345 3000 13345 3000 13345 3000 13345 3000 13345

A 12 305 18 457 24 610 30 762 36 914 42 1067

B 18 457 24 610 30 762 36 914 42 1067 50 1270

C 151⁄4 387 213⁄8 543 271⁄2 699 331⁄4 845 39 991 46 1168

D 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38

E 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 3 76 3 76 31⁄2 89

F 41⁄2 114 5 127 5 127 6 152 6 152 7 178

G 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64

H 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89

J 1 ⁄4 6 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10

K NA NA 23⁄4 70 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89

WGT EACH 25.1 11.4 44.8 20.3 60.7 27.5 98.1 44.5 129.4 58.7 177.2 80.4

L 13 ⁄16 21 13 ⁄16 21 11⁄16 27 11⁄16 27 11⁄16 27 11⁄16 27

METAL DECK CEILING BOLT Figure 143 The Figure 143 Metal Deck Ceiling Bolts are used with our Figure 123. Rod Couplings ordered separately. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel A 1/4" Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, dimension “A”, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M143.

6"

FIG. 143 – METAL DECK CEILING BOLT SIZE NO. 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

B 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 1 25

C 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 2 51 21⁄4 57

A S P E C I F Y

MAX. LOAD (■) 610 2714 1130 5027 1810 8052 2710 12055 3770 16770 4960 22064

(■) Based on the rod size. customer to verify the strength of the deck. 110

C

B


STEEL BRACKET

A

Figure 150 The Figure 150 bracket is for light duty applications. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M150.

G

FIGURE 150 – STEEL BRACKET SIZE NO. 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5

A 12 305 18 457 24 610 30 762 36 914

B 18 457 24 610 30 762 36 914 42 1067

C 12 305 18 457 24 610 30 762 36 914

D 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 11 ⁄16 17 11 ⁄16 17 13 ⁄16 21

G 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76

WGT. EACH 18.3 8.30 30.4 13.8 45.8 20.8 63.6 28.8 93.8 42.5

B

C

D (TYP.)

CEILING STIRRUP

A

Figure 151 The Figure 151 is designed for attaching a rod to a level ceiling or beam. Material: Steel Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M151.

C D

G

B E

FIGURE 151 SIZE 1 1 2 2

MAXIMUM LOAD 600 2669 880 3915

A 51⁄2 140 6 152

B 2 51 21⁄8 54

C 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114

D 21⁄4 57 21⁄8 54

E 9 ⁄16 14 11 ⁄16 17


G 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14


WEIGHT EACH 0.76 0.34 1.36 0.62



RETURN LINE ANGLE Figure 152

G

The Figure 152 is designed for dropping a rod down from a wall connection. Two different distances from the wall to centerline of pipe are available depending upon the orientation of the angle. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M152.

A D G

C B

FIGURE 152 – RETURN LINE ANGLE MAXIMUM LOAD 180 801 180 801 390 1735 390 1735

SIZE 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4

A 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117

B 25⁄8 67 35⁄8 92 25⁄8 67 35⁄8 92

C 2 51 3 76 2 51 3 76

D 3 76 4 102 3 76 4 102

G 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14 9 ⁄16 14

WEIGHT EACH 0.53 0.24 0.71 0.32 0.92 0.42 1.23 0.56

SIDE BEAM CONNECTOR Figure 153

(Rod Tapped – Electro-Galvanized or Painted) Figure 153S (Rod Tapped, Steel – Electro-Galvanized) (3⁄8" Size Only) Made in U.S.A. The Figure 153 is designed for use on buildings of wood construction. They can be secured to the side of beams or joists by means of our Figure 166 Drive Screws (ordered separately). Material: Malleable Iron, except Figure 153S which is carbon steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M153, M153S.

C A

B

FIGURE 153

FIGURE 153 – SIDE BEAM CONNECTOR SIZE 3 ⁄8 ROD M10 ROD 1 ⁄2 ROD M12 ROD 1 ⁄4 PIPE M8 PIPE

MAX LOAD 250 1112 480 2135 250 1112

A 23⁄8 60 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70

B 9 ⁄16 14 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19

C 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19

WGT. EACH 0.13 0.06 0.25 0.11 0.25 0.11

C 1 25

WGT. EACH 0.15 0.07

C A

FIGURE 153S – SIDE BEAM CONNECTOR SIZE 3 ⁄8 ROD M10 ROD

112

MAX LOAD 250 1112

A 21⁄2 64

B 9 ⁄16 14

B

FIGURE 153S


ANCHOR BOLT

FIGURE 177 – ANCHOR BOLT

Figure 177

E

The Figure 177 is designed to be embedded into concrete. Made special to customer order. Are available in other diameters and lengths. Material: Carbon Steel Finish: Plain, Painted, ElectroGalvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, length, thread length “E”, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M177.

D

A

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24

6 0.28 0.13 0.52 0.24 0.81 0.37 1.19 0.54 1.5 0.68 2.0 0.91

WEIGHT EACH LENGTH - DIMENSION “D” 8 10 0.34 0.40 0.15 0.18 0.63 0.74 0.29 0.34 0.99 1.16 0.45 0.53 1.44 1.69 0.65 0.77 1.9 2.2 0.86 1.00 2.4 2.9 1.09 1.32

12 0.46 0.21 0.85 0.39 1.34 0.61 1.94 0.88 2.60 1.18 3.30 1.50

WELDING CLEVIS ATTACHMENT Figure 216 The Figure 216 is an assembly of the Figure 220 and Figure 276P for ordering convenience. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M216.

C

E F

FIGURE 216 – WELDING CLEVIS ATTACHMENT ROD SIZE 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 13⁄4 M42 2 M48 21⁄4 M56 21⁄2 M64

C 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 3 76 4 102 5 127 5 127 6 152 6 152 8 203

E 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 4 102 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114

EE 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 7 178 7 178 8 203 9 229 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318

F 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 6 152 7 178 7 178 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216

EE

WGT. EACH 1.7 0.7 1.6 0.7 4.0 1.8 4.4 2.0 6.7 3.0 9.2 4.2 14.9 6.8 19.2 8.7 30.5 13.8 42.7 19.4 51.5 23.4





WELDING LUG

C

Figure 220 The Figure 220 is to be welded to the underside of structural members for the support of C Type Variable Springs, and with the Figure 276P Forged Steel Clevis with Pin. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and size. For Metric applications specify Figure M220.

C/2

G

E F D

H

FIGURE 220 – WELDING LUG ROD SIZE 1⁄ 2 12 5⁄ 8 16 3⁄ 4 20 7⁄ 8 20 1 24 11⁄ 4 30 11⁄ 2 36 13⁄ 4 42 2 48 21⁄ 4 56 21⁄ 2 64 23⁄ 4 72 3 80 31⁄ 4 80 31⁄ 2 90 33⁄ 4 100

BOLT OR MAXIMUM PIN SIZE LOAD 5⁄ 8 1130 M16 5027 3⁄ 4 1810 M20 8052 7⁄ 8 2710 M20 12055 1 3770 M24 16770 11⁄ 8 4960 M30 22064 13 ⁄ 8 8000 M36 35587 15 ⁄ 8 11630 M42 51735 17 ⁄ 8 15700 M48 69840 21⁄ 4 20630 M56 91770 21 ⁄ 2 23000 M64 102313 23 ⁄ 4 30500 M72 135676 3 41600 M80 185053 31⁄ 4 50500 M80 224644 31 ⁄ 2 60500 M90 269128 33 ⁄ 4 71300 M100 317171 4 82900 M125 368772



C 21 ⁄ 2 64 21 ⁄ 2 64 21 ⁄ 2 64 21 ⁄ 2 64 3 76 4 102 5 127 5 127 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 8 203 9 229 9 229 9 229


D 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 2 38 2 51 21⁄ 2 64 21⁄ 2 64 3 76 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 41⁄ 2 114 41⁄ 2 114 5 127

E 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 4 102 41⁄ 2 114 41⁄ 2 114 41⁄ 2 114 41⁄ 2 114 41⁄ 2 114 41⁄ 2 114 5 127 5 127 6 152 6 152

F 41⁄ 4 108 41⁄ 4 108 41⁄ 4 108 41⁄ 4 108 41⁄ 2 114 6 152 7 178 7 178 71⁄ 2 191 71⁄ 2 191 81⁄ 2 216 81⁄ 2 216 9 229 91⁄ 2 241 101⁄ 2 267 11 279

G 1⁄ 4 6 1⁄ 4 6 3⁄ 8 10 3⁄ 8 10 1⁄ 2 13 5⁄ 8 16 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄ 2 38 13 ⁄ 4 44

H 11⁄ 16 17 13⁄ 16 21 15⁄ 16 24 11⁄ 8 29 11⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 2 38 13⁄ 4 44 2 51 23⁄ 8 60 25⁄ 8 67 27⁄ 8 73 31⁄ 8 79 33 ⁄ 8 86 35⁄ 8 92 37⁄ 8 98 41⁄ 8 105

WEIGHT EACH 0.75 0.34 0.68 0.31 1.00 0.45 0.98 0.44 1.60 0.73 3.70 1.68 6.40 2.90 6.30 2.86 7.20 3.27 7.60 3.45 15.50 7.03 15.10 6.85 16.00 7.26 18.90 8.57 31.30 14.20 35.90 16.28


SIDE BEAM ANGLE BRACKET Figure 303

A

The Figure 303 is designed for use in supporting pipe hangers to the side of joist, steel, or wood beams. It can be either bolted or welded to the structure. Material: Carbon Steel. Compliance: A-A-1192A Type 34 and MSS-SP-69 Type 34. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M303.

E

D

FIGURE 303 – SIDE BEAM BRACKET ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

MAXIMUM LOAD LAG BOLT SCREW TO STEEL 390 580 1735 2580 640 960 2847 4270 760 1500 3381 6673 830 2500 3692 11121 830 3600 3692 16014

A 7 ⁄8 22 13⁄16 30 17⁄16 37 111⁄16 43 2 51

D 11⁄4 32 15⁄8 41 17⁄8 48 21⁄8 54 21⁄2 64

E 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51


WEIGHT EACH 0.25 0.11 0.40 0.18 0.70 0.32 1.07 0.49 1.64 0.74




CHANNEL ASSEMBLY

4 PLATES SHIPPED LOOSE

Figure 371 The Figure 371 Channel Assembly is composed of two channels back to back with a spacer welded on each end. Washer plates are included and shipped loose. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify channel size, rod diameter, dimension “A”, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M371. Made special to customer order.

A

FIGURE 371 – CHANNEL ASSEMBLY CHANNEL SIZE 3C 4.1 4C 5.4 5C 6.7 6C 8.2 8C 11.5

12 305 10000 44484 17500 77847 27600 122776 39500 175712 74500 331406

12C 20.7

ALLOWABLE CONCENTRATED LOAD AT CENTER OF SPAN F/S 5 18 24 30 36 42 60 457 610 762 914 1067 1524 6800 5100 4100 3400 2900 2000 30249 22687 18238 15125 12900 8897 11600 8800 7000 5800 5000 3500 51601 39146 31139 25801 22242 15569 18400 13800 11000 9200 7900 5500 81851 61388 48932 40925 35142 24466 26300 19800 15800 13200 11300 7900 116993 88078 70285 58719 50267 35142 49600 37300 29800 24800 21300 14900 220641 165925 132562 110320 94751 66281 98500 78800 65600 56300 39400 438167 350534 291815 250445 175267

72 1829 1700 7562 2900 12900 4600 20463 6600 29359 12400 55160 32800 145907

ANGLE IRON SUPPORT Figure 374 The Figure 374 Angle Iron Support is used to form a trapeze when supporting more than one pipeline at the same time. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size of angle, dimension “A”, center to center of drop rods, size of drop rods, figure number and finish. Made special to customer order. For Metric applications specify Figure M374.

A

FIGURE 374 – ANGLE IRON SUPPORT ANGLE SIZE 1 X 1 X 1⁄4 11⁄2 X 11⁄2 X 1⁄4 2 X 2 X 1⁄4 2 X 2 X 3⁄8 21⁄2 X 21⁄2 X 1⁄4 3 X 3 X 1⁄4

6 152 670 2980 1000 4448 1940 8630 2750 12233 1980 8808 1840 8185

3 X 3 X 1⁄2


12 305 330 1468 500 2224 1470 6539 1350 6005 1800 8007 1740 7740 4350 19351 LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS

ALLOWABLE CONCENTRATED LOAD AT CENTER OF SPAN 18 24 30 36 42 457 610 762 914 1067 220 160 130 100 979 712 578 445 350 250 200 1557 1112 890 980 730 580 480 410 4359 3247 2580 2135 1824 925 775 550 4115 3448 2447 1570 1170 935 775 660 6984 5205 4159 3448 2936 1640 1550 1370 1140 970 7295 6895 6094 5071 4315 2925 2175 1750 13012 9675 7785 WEIGHT POUNDS KILOGRAMS

48 1219

72 1829

355 1579

225 1001

575 2558 845 3759

370 1646 545 2424


STEEL CONCRETE INSERT

CONCRETE INSERT NUT

Figure 650

Figure 650N

Designed to provide a connection point for hanger rods in concrete the Figure 650 must installed in place prior to building concrete being poured. It can accommodate a large variety of rod sizes by selecting and ordering the Figure 650N separately. For lighter loads our Figure 75 is also available. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 18), MSS SP-69 (Type 18). Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M650.

Designed for use with Figure 650 Steel Concrete Insert. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M650N.

FIGURE 650 – STEEL CONCRETE INSERT FIGURE 650N – CONCRETE INSERT NUT ROD MAXIMUM SIZE LOAD A B 3 ⁄8 610 43⁄8 25⁄16 M10 2714 111 59 1 ⁄2 1130 43⁄8 25⁄16 M12 5027 111 59 5 ⁄8 1200 43⁄8 25⁄16 M16 5338 111 59 3 ⁄4 1200 43⁄8 25⁄16 M20 5338 111 59 7 ⁄8 1200 41⁄8 27⁄32 M20 5338 105 56 Maximum Load Rating is dependant upon the selected nut size used.

E

C 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 215⁄16 75

E 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79

WEIGHT EACH INSERT NUT 0.82 0.13 0.37 0.06 0.86 0.15 0.39 0.07 0.89 0.19 0.40 0.09 0.86 0.22 0.39 0.10 0.93 0.24 0.42 0.11

C 2"

B 11/4

1 3/4" ADJUSTMENT

A

A





CONCRETE ATTACHMENT

CONFIGURATION TYPE 1 W

Figure 1020 The Figure 1020 Type 1 is for attaching support assemblies to concrete structures where little or no movement is anticipated. Used with a Fig 133 Threaded Rod or Figure 94 All Thread Rod. The Figure 1020 Type 2 is for attaching support assemblies to concrete structures where movement is anticipated. Used with a Fig 279 Weldless Eyenut or Figure 93 Welded Eyerod. A two-anchor pattern is used on sizes 3⁄ 8" thru 5⁄ 8" and all others use four anchors. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, ElectroGalvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and rod size. For Metric applications specify Figure M1020 Type 1 or Type 2. Made special to customer order.

J

T

Kw

J

J

KL

J

J

KL

J

E H

2 ANCHOR DESIGN

4 ANCHOR DESIGN

CONFIGURATION TYPE 2 W

J

T

Kw

J

E1 H

P 2 ANCHOR DESIGN

4 ANCHOR DESIGN

FIGURE 1020 – CONCRETE ATTACHMENT ROD SIZE 3⁄ 8 M10 1⁄ 2 M12 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 2 M36 13 ⁄ 4 M42 2 M48

MAX LOAD 610 2714 1130 5027 1810 8052 2710 12055 3770 16770 4960 22064 8000 35587 11630 51735 15700 69840 20700 92082

E

E1

H*

P

J

KL

KW

T

W

21⁄ 8 54 21⁄ 8 54 21⁄ 4 57 21⁄ 8 54 33⁄ 8 86 33⁄ 8 86 35⁄ 8 92 5 127 61⁄ 4 159 61⁄ 2 165

21⁄ 4 57 23⁄ 8 60 21⁄ 2 64 23⁄ 8 60 35⁄ 8 92 35⁄ 8 92 33⁄ 4 95 5 127 61⁄ 4 159 61⁄ 4 159

1⁄ 2

1⁄ 2

13 5⁄ 8 16 3⁄ 4 19 7⁄ 8 22 1 25 11⁄ 8 29 13⁄ 8 35 15⁄ 8 41 2 51 21⁄ 4 57

4 102 5 127 6 152 5 127 61 ⁄ 2 165 61 ⁄ 2 165 8 203 8 203 10 254 10 254

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5 127 7 165 7 165 8 203 8 203 10 254 10 254

1⁄ 4

13 5⁄ 8 16 3⁄ 4 19 5⁄ 8 16 7⁄ 8 22 7⁄ 8 22 1 25 11 ⁄ 8 29 13⁄ 8 35 13⁄ 8 35

1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄ 4 32 11 ⁄ 4 32 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51

4 102 4 102 4 102 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

* Holes are 1⁄ 8" larger than recommended anchor bolt diameter to allow for installation tolerance.

LIGHT DUTY CONCRETE ATTACHMENT Figure 1020LD The Figure 1020LD is similar in design and function to the Figure 1020, but is intended where smaller loads will be imposed. Contact your local Carpenter & Paterson Sales Office for more details. 118

6 3⁄ 8 10 1⁄ 2 13 3⁄ 8 10 5⁄ 8 16 5⁄ 8 16 3⁄ 4 19 1 25 11 ⁄ 4 32 11 ⁄ 4 32

WGT WGT EACH EACH W/PIN W/O PIN 2.8 2.7 1.3 1.2 4.1 3.9 1.9 1.8 5.8 5.5 2.6 2.5 7.7 7.1 3.5 3.2 19.8 18.6 9.0 8.4 19.8 18.6 9.0 8.4 41.0 38.7 18.6 17.6 60.0 56.4 27.2 25.6 93.6 88.0 42.5 39.9 100.0 92.0 45.4 41.7


CONCRETE SINGLE LUG PLATE Figure 1022

L/2

L/2

TP

The Figure 1022 is for attachment to a concrete structure where movement is anticipated. A two-anchor pattern is used on sizes 3⁄ 8" thru 5⁄ 8" and all others use four anchors. Used with the Figure 276 Forged Steel Clevis and Type “C” variable springs. Material Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and rod size. For Metric applications specify Figure M1022.

E HL

R WL HP

J

TL WP

KW

WP /2

KL

J

L TWO ANCHORS ONLY FOR SIZES 3/8" THRU 5/8"

FIGURE 1022 – CONCRETE SINGLE LUG PLATE ROD SIZE 3⁄ 8 M10 1⁄ 2 M12 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 2 M36 13 ⁄ 4 M42 2 M48

MAX LOAD 610 5027 1130 5027 1810 8052 2710 12055 3770 16770 4960 22064 8000 35587 11630 51735 15700 69840 20700 92082

E 13⁄ 4 44 17⁄ 8 48 2 51 21⁄ 4 57 3 76 3 76 4 102 41⁄ 4 108 41⁄ 2 114 51⁄ 4 133

HL 1⁄ 2 13 5⁄ 8 16 3⁄ 4 19 7⁄ 8 22 1 25 11⁄ 8 29 13 ⁄ 8 35 15⁄ 8 41 17⁄ 8 48 21⁄ 4 57

HP 1⁄ 2 13 5⁄ 8 16 3⁄ 4 19 5⁄ 8 16 7⁄ 8 22 7⁄ 8 22 1 25 11⁄ 8 29 13⁄ 8 35 13⁄ 8 35

J 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄ 4 32 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51

KL 4 102 5 127 6 152 5 127 61 ⁄ 2 165 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203

KW 5 127 61 ⁄ 2 165 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203

L 6 152 7 178 8 203 7 178 81 ⁄ 2 216 101⁄ 2 267 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305

R 11 ⁄ 4 32 11 ⁄ 4 32 11 ⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 4 32 11 ⁄ 2 38 11 ⁄ 2 38 2 51 21⁄ 2 64 21⁄ 2 64 3 76

TP 1⁄ 4 6 3⁄ 8 10 1⁄ 2 13 1⁄ 2 13 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 1 25 1 25 11 ⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 4 32

TL 1⁄ 4 6 1⁄ 4 6 1⁄ 4 6 3⁄ 8 10 3⁄ 8 10 1⁄ 2 13 5⁄ 8 16 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19


WP 4 102 4 102 4 102 7 178 9 229 9 229 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305

WL 21⁄ 2 64 21⁄ 2 64 21⁄ 2 64 21⁄ 2 64 3 76 3 76 4 102 5 127 5 127 6 152


WGT EACH 11.6 5.3 11.6 5.3 11.6 5.3 12.0 5.4 22.0 10.0 31.9 14.5 43.8 19.9 45.6 20.7 55.7 25.3 58.2 26.4



EYE SOCKET

FIGURE 12 – EYE SOCKET ROD SIZE A 1 ⁄4 M6 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

Figure 12 Figure 12CT (Copper Finish) The Figure 12 is designed for attaching a rod to split ring type clamps. Figure 12CT is only available in 1/4", 3/8", and 1/2" rod sizes. Material: Malleable Iron. Compliance: Federal Specification WW-H-171E Type 16, MSS-SP-69 (Type 16). Finish: Plain, Copper. Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M12 or M12CT.

MAX LOAD 240 1068 610 2714 1000 4448 1400 6228 2200 9786 2300 10231

MAX B 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12

E 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 19⁄16 40 13⁄4 44 21⁄4 57 27⁄16 62

WEIGHT EACH 0.08 0.04 0.08 0.04 0.11 0.05 0.22 0.10 0.30 0.14 0.32 0.15

MAX SIZE C 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6

WEIGHT EACH 0.08 0.04 0.08 0.04 0.11 0.05

FIGURE 12CT – EYE SOCKET A

ROD SIZE

ROD SIZE A 1 ⁄4 M6 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12

E

MAX LOAD 240 1068 610 2714 1000 4448

B 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 19⁄16 40

"B" MAX DIA.

LAG ROD Figure 28 The Figure 28 is designed for a vertical rod connection to wood. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod diameter, rod length, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify M28.

L B

C

A

FIGURE 28 – LAG ROD ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12

MAXIMUM LOAD 390 1735 640 2847


MINIMUM LENGTH MACHINE COACH B C 21⁄2 2 64 51 21⁄2 2 64 51



4 114 0.12 0.05 0.22 0.10

WEIGHT EACH LENGTH - DIMENSION “L” 6 8 10 152 203 254 0.19 0.25 0.31 0.09 0.11 0.14 0.34 0.44 0.56 0.15 0.20 0.25

12 356 0.37 0.17 0.67 0.30


MACHINE THREAD EYE ROD Figure 33 (Right Hand Threads) Figure 33L (Left Hand Threads) SPECIFY

The Figure 33 is designed to permit swing in the attachment component due to pipe movement. The inside diameter of the eye is 3⁄8" larger than the rod diameter for rod sizes up to 11⁄2" while the inside diameter for larger size rods will be 3⁄4" greater. The eye is not welded. The Figure 93 Welded Eye Rod is available for higher load requirements. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Temperature: 650° F / 343° C Maximum. Ordering: Specify rod size, rod length, thread length, (if other than standard), figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify M33 or M33L. Larger rod diameters are available upon request.

D

A

C

FIGURE 33 – MACHINE THREADED EYE ROD A C D LOAD AT 650° F / 343° C

3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄4 19 21⁄2 64 240 1068

1 ⁄2 M12 7 ⁄8 22 21⁄2 64 440 1957

5 ⁄8 M16 1 25 21⁄2 64 705 3136

3 ⁄4 M20 11⁄8 29 3 76 1050 4671

7 ⁄8 M20 11⁄4 32 31⁄2 89 1470 6539

HANGER ADJUSTER

11⁄4 M30 15⁄8 41 5 127 3170 14101

11⁄2 M36 17⁄8 48 6 152 4650 20684

13⁄4 M42 21⁄2 64 6 152 6380 28380

2 M48 23⁄4 70 6 152 8280 36831

21⁄4 M56 3 76 6 152 10900 48485

21⁄2 M64 31⁄4 83 6 152 13400 59606

FIGURE 38 – HANGER ADJUSTER

Figure 38 Figure 38CT (Copper Finish) The Figure 38 is an economical alternative to using turnbuckles for vertical piping adjustment with our Figure 34 Hinge Hanger. Figure 38CT is available in 3/8" and 1/2" rod sizes only. Material: Malleable Iron. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 15, MSS-SP-69 Type 15. Finish: Plain, Copper. Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M38 or Figure M38CT.

1 M24 13⁄8 35 4 102 1940 8630

B A

ROD SIZE 1 ⁄4 M6 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20

MAX LOAD 230 1023 610 2714 710 3158 710 3158 860 3826

A 21⁄2 64 313⁄16 97 313⁄16 97 47⁄8 124 415⁄16 125

B 11⁄4 32 17⁄8 48 113⁄16 46 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59

C 7 ⁄32 6 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10 1 ⁄2 13 9 ⁄16 14

WEIGHT EACH 0.09 0.04 0.28 0.13 0.31 0.14 0.72 0.33 0.70 0.32

FIG. 38CT – HANGER ADJUSTER FOR COPPER TUBING

C

ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12

MAX LOAD 610 2714 710 3158

A 313⁄16 97 313⁄16 97

B 17⁄8 48 113⁄16 46

C 13 ⁄32 10 13 ⁄32 10



WEIGHT EACH 0.28 0.13 0.31 0.14



WELDED EYEROD Figure 93 (Right Hand Threads) Figure 93L (Left Hand Threads)

B

A

Welded Eyerods are designed to permit swing in the attachment component due to pipe movement. Material: Carbon Steel. Larger rod diameters over 21⁄ 2", special materials, and special eye dimensions can be furnished upon request. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, rod size, rod length, and thread length if other than standard. For Metric applications specify M93 or M93L.

D SPECIFY

FIGURE 93, 93L – WELDED EYEROD 3⁄ 8 M10 3⁄ 4 19 3 76 610 2713 540 2402

A B THREAD LENGTH (D) LOAD AT 650° F / 343° C LOAD AT 750° F / 399° C

1⁄ 2 M12 7⁄ 8 22 3 76 1130 5026 1010 4493

5⁄ 8 M16 1 25 3 76 1810 8051 1610 7162

3⁄ 4 M20 11⁄ 8 29 3 76 2710 12055 2420 10765

7⁄ 8 M20 11⁄4 32 4 102 3770 16770 3360 14946

1 M24 13⁄8 35 4 102 4960 22063 4420 19661

11⁄4 M30 15⁄8 41 4 102 8000 35586 7140 31760

STEEL REDUCING ROD COUPLING Figure 123R Figure 123R is used to reduce rod sizes. Coupling are made of carbon steel to step up or down one rod size. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M123R.

A

FIGURE 123R – REDUCING ROD COUPLING ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 x 1⁄2 M10 x M12 1 ⁄2 x 5⁄8 M12 x M16 5 ⁄8 x 3⁄4 M16 x M20 3 ⁄4 x 7⁄8 M20 x M20

MAXIMUM LOAD 610 2714 1130 5027 1810 8052 2710 12055



L 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44


WEIGHT EACH 0.12 0.05 0.16 0.07 0.20 0.09 0.31 0.14

L

11⁄2 M36 17⁄8 48 6 152 11630 51733 10370 46128

13⁄4 M42 21⁄2 64 6 152 15700 69837 14000 62275

2 M48 23⁄4 70 6 152 20700 92078 18460 82114

21⁄4 M56 3 76 6 152 27200 120991 24260 107913

21⁄2 M64 31⁄4 83 6 152 33500 149015 29880 132912


STEEL ROD COUPLING Figure 123 Figure 123W Figure 123 is used to connect rods up to 11⁄ 2 inch diameter. The Rod Coupling is made of carbon steel and can be welded to the rod after assembly. The Figure 123W has a sight hole mid length to allow for determining depth of thread engagement. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish and rod size. For Metric applications specify Figure M123 or M123W.

A

A

SIGHT HOLE

FIGURE 123, 123W – ROD COUPLING ROD SIZE A 1⁄ 4 M6 3⁄ 8 M10 1⁄ 2 M12 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 2 M36

MAXIMUM LOAD 240 1068 610 2714 1130 5027 1810 8052 2710 12055 3770 16770 4150 18461 6660 29626 7000 31139

L 7⁄ 8 22 13⁄ 4 44 13⁄ 4 44 21⁄ 8 54 21⁄ 4 57 21⁄ 4 57 23⁄ 4 70 31⁄ 4 83 4 102

WEIGHT EACH 0.02 0.01 0.08 0.04 0.12 0.05 0.17 0.08 0.28 0.13 0.44 0.20 0.72 0.33 1.41 0.64 1.96 0.89

ALL-THREAD HANGER ROD Figure 94 Figure 94SS This product has a standard rolled thread running its entire length. It is particularly useful when exact rod lengths are questionable. Material: Figure 94 is made of carbon steel while Figure 94SS is available in either 304 or 316 stainless steel. Available in precut six, ten, and twelve foot lengths. Can be cut to suit customer need upon request. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, or Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, rod size, and length. For Metric applications specify Figure M94 or M94SS. A

L

L

FIGURE 123

FIGURE 123W (SIZES 3⁄8" THROUGH 1")

FIGURE 94 – ALL-THREAD HANGER ROD DIAMETER A 3⁄ 8 M10 1⁄ 2 M12 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 2 M36

MAXIMUM LOAD 610 2714 1130 5027 1810 8052 2710 12055 3700 16459 4960 22064 8000 35587 11600 51601

WEIGHT PER FOOT 0.30 0.14 0.53 0.24 0.84 0.38 1.20 0.54 1.70 0.77 2.30 1.04 3.60 1.63 5.10 2.31

SPECIFY





MACHINE THREAD RODS

FIGURE 133, 133L – MACHINE THREAD RODS

Figure 133 (Right Hand Threads Both Ends)

Figure 133L (Right Hand and Left Hand Thread) Furnished with UNC threads this product is made from carbon steel. Maximum loads given are rated for up to 650° F (343° C). Material: Carbon Steel (Stainless Steel is Available). Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify material if other than carbon steel, figure number, finish, rod diameter, and length, and thread length if other than standard. For Metric applications specify M133 or M133L.

B (SPECIFY) A THD

THD

LIGHT DUTY WASHER PLATE Figure 102 The Figure 102 is a light duty alternative to our Figure 260. Primarily used at the ends of rods instead of rod washers to gain more bearing surface. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, size, rod size and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M102.

B B/2

B

124

DIAMETER A 3⁄ 8 M10 1⁄ 2 M12 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 2 M36 13⁄ 4 M42 2 M48 21⁄ 4 M56 21 ⁄ 2 M64 23 ⁄ 4 M72 3 M80 31⁄ 4 M80 31 ⁄ 2 M90 33 ⁄ 4 M95 4 M100

THREAD LENGTH 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152

LOAD AT 650° F / 343° C 610 2713 1130 5026 1810 8051 2710 12055 3770 16770 4960 22063 8000 35586 11630 51733 15700 69837 20700 92078 27200 120991 33500 149015 41580 184956 50580 224990 60480 269027 71280 317068 82890 368711 95400 424358

FIGURE 102 – LIGHT DUTY WASHER PLATE B 2 51 21⁄2 64 3 76 4 102 5 127 6 152

1

⁄8 3 0.14 0.06 0.32 0.15 0.57 0.26 0.89 0.40 1.28 0.58

ROD SIZE – WEIGHT EACH 3 1 ⁄16 ⁄4 5 6 0.21 0.28 0.10 0.13 0.44 0.20 0.48 0.64 0.22 0.29 0.83 1.13 0.38 0.51 1.33 1.77 0.60 0.80 1.91 2.55 0.87 1.16

3 ⁄8 10 0.42 0.19 0.66 0.30 0.95 0.43 1.70 0.77 2.66 1.21 3.83 1.74


TURNBUCKLE

FIGURE 132 – TURNBUCKLE MAXIMUM LOAD 650° F 343° C 610 2714 1130 5027 1810 8052 2710 12055 3370 14991 4960 22064 8000 35587 11630 51735 15700 69840 20700 92082 27200 120996 33500 149021

Figure 132 A

The Figure 132 is used to connect right and left hand threaded rods together and provide for adjustment. Material: Forged Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 13, MSS-SP 69 Type 13, and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, ElectroGalvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and rod size. For Metric applications specify M132.

B

3" ROD TAKE OUT

6"

ROD SIZE A 3⁄ 8 M10 1⁄ 2 M12 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 2 M36 13 ⁄ 4 M42 2 M48 21 ⁄ 4 M56 21 ⁄ 2 M64

EXTENSION PIECE

G

H

Figure 157 The Figure 157 is designed for attaching rods to the Figure 82 Beam Clamp and similar types of attachments. Material: Malleable Iron. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 30, MSS-SP-69 Type 30 when used with a Figure 82. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. Order Figure 82 separately, if required. For Metric applications specify Figure M157.

WEIGHT EACH 0.30 0.14 0.60 0.27 1.00 0.45 1.20 0.54 1.90 0.86 2.50 1.13 3.80 1.72 5.70 2.59 8.20 3.72 14.20 6.44 27.00 12.25 33.00 14.97

B 71⁄ 8 181 71 ⁄ 2 191 77 ⁄ 8 200 81 ⁄ 4 210 85 ⁄ 8 219 9 229 91⁄ 8 232 93 ⁄ 4 248 103⁄ 8 264 11 279 127⁄ 8 327 131⁄ 2 343

C B

A

FIGURE 157 – EXTENSION PIECE ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20

MAX LOAD 610 2714 1130 5027 1810 8052 2710 12055 2950 13123

B 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48

C 21⁄8 54 23⁄8 60 21⁄2 64 27⁄8 73 3 76

G 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19

H 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 1 ⁄2 13 9 ⁄16 14


WEIGHT EACH 0.20 0.09 0.40 0.18 0.44 0.20 0.65 0.29 0.78 0.35 LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS



MALLEABLE ROD COUPLING Figure 167

REDUCING ROD COUPLING Figure 167R The Figure 167 is tapped with a straight bolt thread tap. The Figure 167R is designed to reduce rod sizes. Couplings are made either to step up or down one rod size. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M67 or M167R.

FIGURE 167 – MALLEABLE ROD COUPLING ROD SIZE 1 ⁄4 M6 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24

MAXIMUM LOAD 230 1023 610 2714 1130 5027 1810 8052 2710 12055 3770 16770 4960 22064

L 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 25⁄8 54 21⁄2 64 25⁄8 67 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70

WEIGHT EACH 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.05 0.18 0.08 0.30 0.14 0.44 0.20 0.96 0.44 0.94 0.43

FIGURE 167R – MALLEABLE REDUCING ROD COUPLING

L

ROUND HANGER ROD Figure 224 Unthreaded steel rod available in a variety of sizes for customer use. Available in up to 20 foot lengths. Material: Low carbon steel. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify rod size, length, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M224.




ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 x 1⁄4 M10 x M6 1 ⁄2 x 3⁄8 M12 x M10 5 ⁄8 x 3⁄4 M16 x M20 3 ⁄4 x 7⁄8 M20 x M20

MAXIMUM LOAD 230 1023 610 2714 1810 8052 2710 12055

L 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 21⁄2 64 25⁄8 67

WEIGHT EACH 0.10 0.05 0.18 0.08 0.44 0.20 0.96 0.44


WASHER PLATE

FIGURE 260 – WASHER PLATE

Figure 260 This product is to be welded to back to back channels or angles for supporting pipe with rods or U-Bolts. Sufficient contact surface to the supporting structure must be made to develop maximum load capacity. Dimension “A” should not be exceeded. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, finish, and rod size. For Metric applications specify Figure M260.

C

TYP.

D

B EXISTING

B/2 B/2 B

A (MAX.)

ROD SIZE 3⁄ 8 M10 1⁄ 2 M12 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 13⁄4 M42 2 M48 21⁄4 M56 21⁄2 M64 23⁄4 M72 3 M80 31⁄4 M80 31⁄2 M90 33⁄4 M95

MAX LOAD 610 2713 1130 5026 1810 8051 2710 12055 3770 16770 4960 22063 8000 35586 11630 51733 15700 69837 20700 92078 27200 120991 33500 149015 41580 184956 50580 224990 60480 269027 71280 317068 82890 368711

A 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 3 76 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 5 127 5 127

B 3 76 3 76 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 5 127 5 127 5 127 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 7 178 7 178


C 1⁄ 4 6 1⁄ 4 6 3⁄ 8 10 3⁄ 8 10 1⁄ 2 13 1⁄ 2 13 1⁄ 2 13 5⁄ 8 16 5⁄ 8 16 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19 3⁄ 4 19

HOLE D 7⁄ 16 11 9⁄ 16 14 11⁄ 16 17 13⁄ 16 21 15⁄ 16 24 11⁄16 27 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102


WGT EACH 0.63 0.29 0.61 0.28 0.95 0.43 1.60 0.73 2.17 0.98 2.15 0.98 3.28 1.49 4.05 1.84 3.88 1.76 4.47 2.03 6.62 3.00 6.40 2.90 6.16 2.79 5.89 2.67 5.56 2.52 8.07 3.66 7.75 3.52



FORGED STEEL CLEVIS

FIGURE 276 – FORGED STEEL CLEVIS

Figure 276 Figure 276P The Figure 276 is used to connect rod ends with structural steel welding lug plates or lugs welded to pipe. It provides a pivot point and adjustment. It can be supplied with a pin as Fig 276P. Material: Forged Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 14, MSS-SP 69 Type 14, and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, rod size, pin size, grip “G” and finish. For Metric applications specify M276 or M276P. TAP

NOTE: PINS AND COTTER PINS SUPPLIED WHEN REQUESTED AS FIG 276P

E TAKE OUT

ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 13⁄4 M42 2 M48 21⁄4 M56 21⁄2 M64

MAX LOAD 650° F 343° C 610 2713 1130 5026 1810 8051 2710 12055 3770 16770 4960 22063 8000 35586 11630 51733 15700 69837 20700 92078 27200 120991 33500 149015

PIN/ BOLT DIA. 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 11⁄8 M30 13⁄8 M36 15⁄8 M42 17⁄8 M48 21⁄4 M56 21⁄2 M64 23⁄4 M72

E TAKE OUT 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 5 127 5 127 6 152 6 152 7 178 8 203 8 203

GRIP 1 ⁄2 13 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 24 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64

WGT EACH 1.00 0.45 0.90 0.41 0.90 0.41 3.00 1.36 3.40 1.54 5.10 2.31 5.50 2.49 8.50 3.86 12.90 5.85 23.30 10.57 35.10 15.92 36.00 16.33

Add ”Grip” Dimension. GRIP

FORGED WELDLESS EYENUT Figure 279 Figure 279L The Figure 279 is used to connect rod ends with structural steel welded beam attachments or pipe clamps as a substitute for a welded eyerod. It provides a pivot point and adjustment. It can also be supplied tapped left hand as Fig 279L. Material: Forged Steel. Compliance: Federal Specification A-A-1192A Type 17, MSS-SP 69 Type 17, and BSPSS-BS3974. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, rod size and finish. For Metric applications specify M279 or M279L. A

F

G 128

CL

FIGURE 279 – WELDLESS EYENUT ROD TAP A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 13⁄4 M42 2 M48 21⁄4 M56 21⁄2 M64

MAX LOAD 650° F 343 °C 610 2714 1130 5027 1810 8052 2710 12055 3770 14991 4960 22064 8000 35587 11630 51735 15700 69840 20700 92082 27200 120996 33500 149021

F 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152

G 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102

WEIGHT EACH 0.63 0.29 0.63 0.29 0.62 0.28 0.60 0.27 1.70 0.77 1.70 0.77 3.75 1.70 3.50 1.59 16.40 7.44 15.90 7.21 15.40 6.99 14.90 6.76


LINKED EYE RODS

FIGURE 306 AND 341 – LINKED EYE RODS

Figure 306 Eyes Not Welded Figure 341 Eyes Welded Linked Eye Rods allows for the movement of the lower rod where bending would be unacceptable. Unwelded eyes have a lower load rating. The inside diameter of the eye is 3⁄8" larger than the rod diameter for rod sizes up to 11⁄2" while the inside diameter for larger size rods will be 3⁄4" greater. Both rods will normally be furnished right hand tapped to lengths shown for our Figure 93 unless ordered special. Maximum Loads given are rated for up to 650° F (343° C.) Material: Carbon Steel Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized Ordering: Specify rod diameter (A), overall length (B), length of each eyerod (D and C), and thread length (E) if other than standard, Figure Number and finish. For Metric applications specify M306 or M341.

E

D

B

C

E

A

ROD SIZE A 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 1 M24 11⁄4 M30 11⁄2 M36 13⁄4 M42 2 M48 21⁄4 M56 21⁄2 M64

MAXIMUM LOAD Figure 306 Figure 341 240 610 1068 2714 440 1130 1957 5027 705 1810 3136 8052 1050 2710 4671 12055 1470 3770 6539 16770 1940 4960 8630 22064 3120 8000 13879 35587 4650 11630 20685 51735 6380 15700 28381 69840 8280 20700 36833 92082 10900 27200 48488 120996 13400 33500 59609 149021

MALE AND FEMALE SWING ROD FITTING Figure 701 The fitting is used when flexible movement of pipeline is required. The threaded stud portion can be installed into a concrete insert or bolted to flange of I beam, angle or channel. Made special to customer order. Material: Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M701.

A

FIGURE 701 – MALE AND FEMALE SWING ROD FITTING SIZE NO. 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4

A 3/8 M10 1/2 M12 5/8 M16 3/4 M20

WEIGHT EACH 0.25 0.11 0.33 0.15 0.44 0.20 0.60 0.27

A




FASTENERS

FLATTENED END LAG SCREW Figure 11 The Figure 11 is normally used with perforated extension bar to support light duty loads from wooden structures. Comes with bolt and nut. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain. Ordering: Specify size, and figure number. For Metric applications specify Figure M11. FIGURE 11 – FLATTENED END LAG SCREW SIZE A 1 ⁄4 M6 5 ⁄16 M8 3 ⁄8 M10

B 3 76 3 76 4 102

C 3 ⁄16 M5 1 ⁄4 M6 1 ⁄4 M6

WEIGHT EACH 0.04 0.02 0.07 0.03 0.10 0.05

TOGGLE BOLT Figure 59 The spring toggle bolt is the most popular hollow wall fastener used today. The wings are fitted with coil springs that open when inserted into the wall. Gravity is not a factor making it possible to be used in any position. Material: Steel. Finish: Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify figure number, diameter, and length. For Metric applications specify Figure M59. FIGURE 59 – TOGGLE BOLT SIZE 3 ⁄16 x 4 M5 x 102 3 ⁄16 x 5 M5 x 127 3 ⁄16 x 6 M5 x 153 1 ⁄4 x 4 M6 x 102 1 ⁄4 x 5 M6 x 127 1 ⁄4 x 6 M6 x 153 3 ⁄8 x 4 M10 x 102 3 ⁄8 x 5 M10 x 127 3 ⁄8 x 6 M10 x 153 1 ⁄2 x 4 M12 x 153 1 ⁄2 x 5 M12 x 127 1 ⁄2 x 6 M12 x 153 130

DRILL SIZE 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M16 5 ⁄8 M1 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 7 ⁄8 M20 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30 11⁄4 M30

WEIGHT EACH 0.05 0.02 0.06 0.03 0.06 0.03 0.08 0.04 0.09 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.19 0.09 0.22 0.10 0.24 0.11 0.32 0.15 0.35 0.16 0.40 0.18

C

A B

FASTENERS

ROUND WASHER Figure Figure Figure Figure

103 103E 103G 103S

(Carbon Steel – Plain) (Carbon Steel – Electro-Galvanized) (Carbon Steel – Hot-Dip Galvanized) (Stainless Steel) Compliance: United States Standard. Material: Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel (ASTM 240 Type 304 or Type 316). Finish: Plain, Electro-Plated, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, finish or grade of material. For Metric applications Specify Figure M103. Please see Figure 176 for Lock Washers. Fender Washers and Tooth Lock Washers are available upon request.

O.D.

I.D.

FIGURE 103 – ROUND WASHER BOLT SIZE I.D. O.D. WGT. EACH BOLT SIZE I.D. O.D. WGT. EACH

1 ⁄4 M6 5 ⁄16 8 1 19 0.01 0.04

5 ⁄16 M8 3 ⁄8 10 1 25 0.02 0.09

3 ⁄8 M10 7 ⁄16 11 1 25 0.02 0.09

7 ⁄16 M12 1 ⁄2 13 11⁄4 32 0.03 0.13

1 ⁄2 M12 9 ⁄16 14 13⁄8 35 0.04 0.18

9 ⁄16 M14 5 ⁄8 16 11⁄2 38 0.06 0.27

5 ⁄8 M16

3 ⁄4 M20 13 ⁄16 21 2 51 0.11 0.49

7 ⁄8 M20 15 ⁄16 24 21⁄4 57 0.15 0.67

1 M24 11⁄16 27 21⁄2 64 0.19 0.85

11⁄8 M30 11⁄4 32 23⁄4 70 0.22 0.98

11⁄4 M30 13⁄8 35 3 76 0.26 1.16

13⁄8 M36 11⁄2 38 31⁄4 83 0.32 1.42

11⁄2 M36 15⁄8 41 31⁄2 89 0.38 1.69

STEEL COACH SCREWS

16

FIGURE 107 – STEEL COACH SCREW

Figure 107 Figure 107 Coach Screws are normally used on our Figures 303, 337, and 340 brackets. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify diameter, length, figure number, and finish.

11

17 13⁄4 44 0.08 0.36

WEIGHT EACH BY DIAMETER 3 1 ⁄4 ⁄8 ⁄2 6 10 13 0.023 0.060 0.010 0.027 0.028 0.070 0.144 0.013 0.032 0.065 0.033 0.083 0.162 0.015 0.038 0.073 0.039 0.098 0.186 0.018 0.044 0.084 0.044 0.114 0.212 0.020 0.052 0.096 0.050 0.125 0.233 0.023 0.057 0.106 0.063 0.154 0.290 0.029 0.070 0.132 0.074 0.183 0.340 0.034 0.083 0.154 1

LENGTH 11⁄2 38 2 51 21⁄2 64 3 76 31⁄2 89 4 102 5 127 6 152



5 ⁄8 16

0.232 0.105 0.270 0.122 0.310 0.141 0.348 0.158 0.376 0.171 0.455 0.206 0.530 0.240


FASTENERS

HEX NUT

FIGURE 165H – HEAVY HEX NUT

Figure 165

HEAVY HEX NUT Figure 165H Material is an ASTM A-563 Grade A (Alloy and Stainless Steel grades are Available). Sizes 13⁄4" and larger are only available as a Figure 165H. RH tap will be furnished. LH tap are special order. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify tap size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify M165 or M165H.

T

W

F TAP

TAP SIZE 3⁄ 8 M10 1⁄ 2 M12 5⁄ 8 M16 3⁄ 4 M20 7⁄ 8 M20 1 M24 11 ⁄ 4 M30 11 ⁄ 2 M36 13 ⁄ 4 M42 2 M48 21 ⁄ 4 M56 21 ⁄ 2 M64 23 ⁄ 4 M72 3 M80 31 ⁄ 4 M80 31 ⁄ 2 M90

MAX LOAD 610 2714 1130 5027 1810 8052 2710 12055 1810 8052 4960 22064 8000 35587 11630 51735 15700 69840 20700 92082 27200 120996 33500 149021 41580 184964 50580 225000 60480 269039 71280 317082

F 11⁄ 16 17 7⁄ 8 22 11⁄ 16 27 11 ⁄ 4 32 17⁄ 16 37 15⁄ 8 41 2 51 23 ⁄ 8 60 23 ⁄ 4 70 31⁄ 8 79 31 ⁄ 2 89 37 ⁄ 8 98 41 ⁄ 4 108 45⁄ 8 117 5 127 53 ⁄ 8 137

T 3⁄ 8 10 1⁄ 2 13 5⁄ 8 16 3⁄ 4 19 7⁄ 8 22 1 25 11 ⁄ 4 32 11⁄ 2 38 13⁄ 4 44 2 51 23⁄ 16 56 27⁄ 16 62 211⁄ 16 68 215⁄ 16 75 33⁄ 16 81 37⁄ 16 87

W 13⁄ 16 21 1 25 11⁄ 4 32 17⁄ 16 37 111⁄ 16 43 17⁄ 8 48 25⁄ 16 59 23⁄ 4 70 33⁄ 16 81 35⁄ 8 92 41⁄ 16 103 41⁄ 2 114 415⁄ 16 125 55⁄ 16 135 53⁄ 4 146 63⁄ 16 157

WGT EACH 0.031 0.014 0.065 0.030 0.119 0.054 0.193 0.088 0.297 0.135 0.425 0.193 0.786 0.357 1.310 0.594 2.040 0.925 2.990 1.356 4.190 1.901 5.640 2.558 7.380 3.348 9.500 4.309 11.940 5.416 15.260 6.922

HEX HEAD BOLT Figure 162 Hex head bolt with UNC threads. Stocked for immediate shipment. Various lengths available. Also available in alloy (A193B7), stainless steel (316 and 18-8), and high strength (A325). Material: Low carbon steel Finish: Plain, Electro-galvanized, Hot-dip Galvanized Ordering: Specify diameter, length, thread length, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M162.

FIGURE 162 – HEX HEAD BOLT – WEIGHT PER 100 DIA.OF BOLT 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 7 ⁄8 1

2" 36 57 86 127


LENGTH OF BOLT IN INCHES 21⁄4" 21⁄2" 23⁄4" 3" 38 40 42 44 60 62 65 68 90 94 99 103 133 138 143 148 LOADS POUNDS NEWTONS


31⁄4" 46 71 107 153

31⁄2" 48 74 111 158

33⁄4" 50 77 115 163

4" 52 80 118 169

5" 60 92 135 190

FASTENERS

STEEL DRIVE SCREW Figure 166 Drive Screws are normally used on our Figure153 Side Beam Connector. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M166. FIGURE 166 – STEEL DRIVE SCREW SIZE OF SCREW 11⁄2" NO.12 2" NO.16

WEIGHT EACH 0.015 0.03

LOCK WASHER Figure 176 Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M176. FIGURE 176 – LOCK WASHER ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20

INSIDE WIDTH OF THICKNESS WEIGHT DIAMETER STEEL OF STEEL EACH 7 ⁄16 0.141 0.094 0.07 11 4 2 0.03 9 ⁄16 0.171 0.125 0.15 14 4 3 0.07 11 ⁄16 0.203 0.156 0.26 17 5 4 0.12 13 ⁄16 0.234 0.188 0.43 21 6 5 0.20




FASTENERS

DROP-IN TYPE CONCRETE ANCHOR Figure 514 The Figure 514 is used for bolting components to concrete structures. The shell is slotted and internally threaded with a pre-assembled integral expander plug . WARNING: Recommended practices in sizing and application of concrete fasteners should be followed. Material: Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel Finish: Plated Zinc on Carbon Steel Ordering: Specify bolt diameter, embedment depth and figure number. For Metric applications Specify Figure M514. FIGURE 514 – DROP-IN TYPE CONCRETE ANCHOR BOLT SIZE 1 ⁄4" M6 3 ⁄8" M10 1 ⁄2" M12 5 ⁄8" M16 3 ⁄4" M20

4000 PSI CONCRETE MINIMUM SAFE WORKING LOAD EMBEDMENT TENSION SHEAR DEPTH 590 300 1 2625 1335 25 950 625 15⁄8 4226 2780 41 1460 875 2 6495 3892 51 2160 1385 21⁄2 9609 6161 64 2370 1920 33⁄16 10543 8541 81




WGT 0.03 0.01 0.07 0.03 0.12 0.05 0.33 0.15 0.49 0.22

A

EMBEDMENT LENGTH

FASTENERS

WEDGE ANCHOR Figure 1309 The Figure 1309 is used for bolting components to concrete structures. Allows for through drilling applications. INSTALLATION: Drill holes in concrete deeper than the required embedment. Drive the bolt into the hole so that at least six threads are below the top surface of the fixture. Tighten the nut with the washer in place. The resistance will increase after the third or fourth turn. NOTE: Loads listed are based on a safety factor of four when installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Contact us for higher loads are allowed due to increased embedment. Material: High Tensile Steel. (Also available Galvanized or Stainless Steel). Finish: Zinc Plated. Ordering: Specify figure number, diameter and length. For Metric applications specify Figure M1309.

TL

A

L

4000 PSI CONCRETE SAFE WORKING BOLT LOAD DIA. TENSION SHEAR 1⁄ 4

6

390 1735

450 2002

3⁄ 8 10

805 3581

1000 4448

1⁄ 2 13

1350 6005

1725 7673

5⁄ 8 16

2000 8897

3120 13879

3⁄ 4 19

2500 11121

4500 20018

7⁄ 8 22

3400 15125

6300 28025

1 25

5200 23132

7100 31584

11 ⁄ 4 32

6800 30249

11000 48932

D (MIN)

L 13⁄ 4 44 21⁄ 4 57 31⁄ 4 83 21⁄ 4 57 23⁄ 4 70 3 76 33⁄ 4 95 5 127 23⁄ 4 70 33⁄ 4 95 41⁄ 4 108 51⁄ 2 140 7 178 31⁄ 2 89 41⁄ 4 108 5 127 6 152 7 178 81⁄ 2 216 10 254 41⁄ 4 108 43⁄ 4 121 51⁄ 2 140 61⁄ 4 159 7 178 81⁄ 2 216 10 254 12 305 6 152 8 203 10 254 6 152 9 229 12 305 9 229 12 305

MAX THCKNSS MIN. OF MAT’L D(Embd) TO BE FASTENED 3⁄ 8 10 7⁄ 8 11⁄ 8 29 22 17⁄ 8 48 3⁄ 8 10 7⁄ 8 22 11⁄ 2 11⁄ 8 38 29 17⁄ 8 48 31 ⁄ 8 79 1⁄ 8 3 1 25 21⁄ 4 11⁄ 2 57 38 23⁄ 4 70 41 ⁄ 4 108 1⁄ 8 3 7⁄8 22 15⁄ 8 41 23⁄ 4 25⁄ 8 70 67 35⁄ 8 92 51⁄ 8 130 65⁄ 8 168 1⁄4 6 3⁄ 4 19 11⁄ 2 38 21⁄ 4 57 31⁄ 4 3 83 76 41⁄ 2 114 6 159 8 203 13 ⁄ 8 35 33⁄ 4 33⁄ 8 95 86 53⁄ 8 137 1⁄ 2 13 41⁄ 2 31⁄ 2 114 89 61⁄ 2 165 6 23⁄ 4 140 70 51⁄ 4 133

TL

11⁄ 8 29

11⁄ 2 38

21⁄ 4 57

23⁄ 4 70

11⁄ 2 38

21⁄ 2 64

21⁄ 2 64 31⁄ 2 89

135

PIPE SLEEVE Figure 450 Used as a form to provide a penetration in walls for pipe or other services. Install by nailing to structure. Covers are available on request. Other types of pipe sleeves e.g. waterproof, interlocking, etc. are available. Material: Carbon Steel, 24 gauge, heavier gauges on request. Finish: Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify inside diameter, gauge thickness, length, and figure number.

SPRING HANGER

A

Figure 399 Designed to provide an economical means to support low pipe loads with vertical movement. In selecting the correct spring size consideration should be given to weight of pipe to be supported and its contents, insulation, concentrated loads, as well as the anticipated deflection. Please see our Engineered Spring Catalog for units requiring higher loads and/or greater movements. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Electro-Galvanized. Ordering: Specify spring size, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M399.

21/2" R.H. THD.

C

B

E

3

/8" MIN

4" R.H. THD.

A

FIGURE 399 – SPRING HANGER SPRING NO. 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6

MAX. LOAD 52 231 115 512 163 725 266 1183 400 1779 600 2669

MAX. SPRING DEFLECTION DEFLECTION 2 26 lbs./in. 51 4.5 N/mm 13⁄4 66 lbs./in. 44 11.6 N/mm 17⁄8 87 lbs./in. 48 15.1 N/mm 13⁄4 152 lbs./in. 44 26.8 N/mm 2 200 lbs./in. 51 34.9 N/mm 21⁄2 240 lbs./in. 64 41.7 N/mm




B A 3 ⁄8 M10 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 1 ⁄2 M12 5 ⁄8 M16 3 ⁄4 M20

MIN. 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 57⁄8 149 57⁄8 149 63⁄4 171 83⁄8 213

MAX. 61⁄2 165 61⁄4 159 73⁄4 197 75⁄8 194 83⁄4 222 107⁄8 276

C 41⁄8 105 41⁄8 105 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 63⁄8 162 8 203

E 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 5 127 5 127 53⁄4 146 73⁄8 187

WEIGHT EACH 1.60 0.73 2.38 1.08 2.87 1.30 3.50 1.59 6.80 3.08 9.82 4.45

WATERPROOF PIPE SLEEVE Figure 453 The Figure 453 is designed for floor and ceiling penetrations through concrete. Pipes, and conduits can be placed within the sleeve for easy through access. Sleeves are normally furnished as schedule 40 pipe up to 12" NPS, standard wall up to 20" NPS, and rolled plate for larger sizes. Material: Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify sleeve diameter, dimension A, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M453.

A

2" TYP.

1/4"

CUSHION SPRING ASSEMBLY Figure 478 Designed to provide an economical method to support piping with both vertical and axial movement as well as absorbing vibration normally found in piping systems. Comprised of two spring coils and four steel caps the Cushion Spring Assembly is used in conjunction with our Figure 142 Two Rod Roll Hanger and drop rods, both must be ordered separately. The Figure 478 can also be used for insulated piping provided the correct saddle has been ordered from this catalog. In selecting the correct spring size consideration should be given to weight of pipe to be supported and its contents, concentrated loads, as well as the anticipated deflection. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted. Ordering: Specify drop rod diameter, spring number, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M478.

H

FIGURE 478 – CUSHION SPRING ASSEMBLY SPRING NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3

MAXIMUM LOAD 535 2380 1500 6673 3000 13345

MAXIMUM SPRING DEFLECTION DEFLECTION 11⁄4 428 lbs./in. 32 74 N/mm 11⁄4 1200 lbs./in. 32 208 N/mm 11⁄4 3000 lbs./in. 32 417 N/mm

ROD SIZE 3 ⁄8 M10 1 ⁄2 M12 7 ⁄8 M20

MAXIMUM ROD SIZE 3 ⁄4 M20 3 ⁄4 M20 11⁄2 M36

WEIGHT EACH 4.5 2.0 14.0 6.4 22.0 10.0

H 61⁄4 159 55⁄8 143 87⁄8 225




PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE

A

Figure 1006

B

Designed to maintain the axial alignment of piping as it expands and contracts during operation. It is most typically installed adjacent to expansion joints and at reasonable distances between the expansion joint and the anchor point. Our Figures 1007, and 1010 also offer alternative means for your piping alignment needs. Note: Guides are not designed to carry dead weight loads. Maximum temperature is 750°F. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Galvanized. Ordering: Specify guide size, pipe size, insulation thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M1006.

I

C

D

INSULATION THICKNESS

H DIA. 4 HOLES

PIPE F G

E

FIGURE 1006 – PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE SIZE NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14

A 63⁄4 171 71⁄4 184 83⁄8 213 103⁄8 264 121⁄8 308 147⁄8 378 167⁄8 429 187⁄8 479 215⁄8 550 235⁄8 600 255⁄8 651 283⁄8 721 321⁄8 816 361⁄8 918

B 41⁄2 114 55⁄8 143 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 103⁄4 273 123⁄4 324 143⁄4 375 163⁄4 425 19 483 21 533 23 584 253⁄4 654 291⁄2 749 331⁄2 851

C 53⁄8 137 63⁄8 162 73⁄8 187 93⁄8 238 115⁄8 295 135⁄8 346 157⁄8 403 177⁄8 454 20 508 22 559 24 610 265⁄8 676 301⁄2 775 341⁄2 876

D 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 4 102 5 127 61⁄4 159 71⁄4 184 81⁄2 216 91⁄2 241 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 133⁄4 349 153⁄4 400 173⁄4 451

E 5 127 61⁄4 159 63⁄4 171 73⁄8 187 73⁄8 187 8 203 93⁄4 248 101⁄4 260 111⁄4 286 141⁄8 359 143⁄4 375 157⁄8 403 163⁄8 416 171⁄8 435

F 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 2 51 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140

G 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 PIPE SIZE 1" to 6" 25 to 150 8" to 16" 200 to 400 18" to 24" 450 to 600




H 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 1 25 1 25

WEIGHT EACH 5.8 2.6 7.2 3.3 8.2 3.7 10.6 4.8 15.6 7.1 19.5 8.8 26.8 12.2 35.6 16.1 44.2 20.0 52.6 23.9 66.3 30.1 79.7 36.2 106.3 48.2 116.8 53.0

DIM. I MAX. MVT 4 4 102 102 6 6 152 152 8 8 203 203

Please use the following chart for selecting the correct size. FIGURE 1006 – PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE SIZE NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14

1 25 1 25 11⁄4 - 2 32 to 50 21⁄2 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150

11⁄2 38 1 25 11⁄4 - 2 32 to 50 21⁄2 - 31⁄2 65 to 90 4-5 100 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

THICKNESS OF INSULATION 2 21⁄2 51 64

1 25 11⁄4 - 21⁄2 32 to 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400

1-2 25 to 50 21⁄2 - 31⁄2 65 to 90 4-5 100 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 - 14 300 to 350 16 400

3 76

4 102

1 25 11⁄4 - 21⁄2 32 to 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 - 18 400 to 450 20 500 24 600

1 25 11⁄4 - 21⁄2 32 to 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 - 16 350 to 400 18 - 20 450 to 500 24 600




PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE Figure 1007

I

Designed to maintain the axial alignment of piping as it expands and contracts during operation. It is most typically installed adjacent to expansion joints and at reasonable distances between the expansion joint and the anchor point. Our Figures 1006 and 1010 also offer alternative means for your piping alignment needs. Note: Guides are not designed to carry dead weight loads. Maximum temperature is 750°F. Material: Carbon Steel. Finish: Plain, Painted, Galvanized. Ordering: Specify guide size, pipe size, insulation thickness, figure number, and finish. For Metric applications specify Figure M1007.

A B

C D

INSULATION THICKNESS

H DIA. 4 HOLES

PIPE F G

E

FIGURE 1007 – PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE SIZE NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14

A 57⁄8 149 7 178 8 203 103⁄8 264 121⁄2 318 147⁄8 378 167⁄8 429 187⁄8 479 215⁄8 549 235⁄8 600 255⁄8 651 285⁄8 727 321⁄8 816 361⁄8 918

B 41⁄2 114 55⁄8 143 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 103⁄4 273 123⁄4 324 143⁄4 375 163⁄4 425 19 483 21 533 23 584 253⁄4 654 291⁄2 749 331⁄2 851

C 53⁄8 6 63⁄8 162 73⁄8 187 93⁄8 238 115⁄8 295 135⁄8 346 157⁄8 403 177⁄8 454 20 508 22 559 24 610 265⁄8 676 301⁄2 775 341⁄2 876

D 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 4 102 5 127 61⁄4 159 71⁄4 184 81⁄2 216 91⁄2 241 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 133⁄4 349 153⁄4 400 173⁄4 451

E 5 127 61⁄4 159 63⁄4 171 73⁄8 187 73⁄8 187 8 203 93⁄4 248 101⁄4 260 111⁄4 286 141⁄8 359 143⁄4 375 157⁄8 403 163⁄8 416 171⁄8 435

F 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 4 102 4 102 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140

G 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 PIPE SIZE 1" to 6" 25 to 150 8" to 16" 200 to 400 18" to 24" 450 to 600




H 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 5 ⁄8 16 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 7 ⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 1 25 1 25 1 25

WEIGHT EACH 9.5 4.3 12.0 5.4 13.2 6.0 16.3 7.4 26.0 11.8 32.3 14.7 48.2 21.9 57.0 25.9 72.1 32.7 84.5 38.3 103.2 46.8 129.1 58.6 153.3 69.5 140.0 63.5

DIM. I MAX. MVT 6 6 152 152 8 8 203 203 10 10 254 254

Please use the following Chart for selecting the correct size. FIGURE 1007 – PIPE ALIGNMENT GUIDE SIZE NUMBER 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14

1 25 1 25 11⁄4 - 2 32 to 50 21⁄2 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150

11⁄2 38 1 25 11⁄4 - 2 32 to 50 21⁄2 - 31⁄2 65 to 90 4-5 100 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

THICKNESS OF INSULATION 2 21⁄2 51 64

1 25 11⁄4 - 21⁄2 32 to 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400

1-2 25 to 50 21⁄2 - 31⁄2 65 to 90 4-5 100 to 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 - 14 300 to 350 16 400

3 76

4 102

1 25 11⁄4 - 21⁄2 32 to 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 - 18 400 to 450 20 500 24 600

1 25 11⁄4 - 21⁄2 32 to 65 3-4 80 to 100 5-6 125 to 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 - 16 350 to 400 18 - 20 450 to 500 24 600




PIPE SLIDE ASSEMBLY Figure 1010 Designed to be welded directly to the pipe to allow for support from below and allow for horizontal movement with a low coefficient of friction. The assembly consists of a carbon steel tee with a polished stainless bottom which rests on a PTFE (glass filled teflon) plate, bonded to a carbon steel plate. The base plate configuration will vary with the Type selected. Maximum temperature: 200° F at the sliding surface Greater height dimensions, longer transverse and longitudinal movements, and other customer requirements can be supplied upon request. Compliance: MSS SP-69 Type 35. Material: Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel, PTFE. Finish: Plain, Painted, Hot-Dip Galvanized. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, travel, and type. For Metric applications specify Figure M1010.

FIELD WELD STAINLESS STEEL

Y

FIELD WELD STAINLESS STEEL HOLD DOWN LUG 1/16" TYPE C

Y

TEFLON

1/16"

W X

X

TYPE B & C

BASE WITH GUIDES TYPE B & C

J K L TYPE A, B & C

FIGURE 1010 – PIPE SLIDE ASSEMBLY Y PIPE SIZE

MAX LOAD*

UP TO 8"

7000

UP TO 200

31139

10" TO 24"

13500

250 TO 600

60053

TRAVEL 5 10 15 20 127 254 381 508 5 10 15 20 127 254 381 508

TYPE A

TYPE B&C

33⁄4

41⁄4

95

108

33⁄4

41⁄4

95

108

* Based upon 500 psi / 35.2 Kg per sq. cm. pressure on the PTFE ** Weight Each for Type A Only.




L TYPES A, B, C 81⁄2 131⁄2 181⁄2 231⁄2 216 343 470 597 101⁄2 151⁄2 201⁄2 251⁄2 267 394 521 648

K TYPES A, B, C

W TYPES A, B, C

X TYPE A

TYPE B&C

4

31⁄2

31⁄2

6

102

89

89

152

6

41⁄2

41⁄2

7

152

114

114

178

WEIGHT EACH** 7 10 13 17 3.2 4.5 5.9 7.7 11 15 19 23 5.0 6.8 8.6 10.4

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

REFERENCE DATA – METRIC CONVERSION CHART TO CONVERT FROM degree radian (rad)

TO radian (rad) degree

MULTIPLY BY 1.745329 x 10-2 5.729578 x 10+1

Area

foot2 inch2 circular mil square centimeter (cm2) square meter (m2) square meter (m2) square meter (m2)

square meter (m2) square meter (m2) square meter (m2) square inch (in2) foot2 inch2 circular mil

9.290304 x 10-2 6.451600 x 10-4 5,067075 x 10-10 1.550003 x 10-1 1.076391 x 10+1 1.550003 x 10+3 1.973525 x 10+9

Bending Moment of Torque

lbf•ft lbf•in N•m N•m

newton meter (N•m) newton meter (N•m) lbf•ft lbf•in

1.355818 1.129848 x 10-1 7.375621 x 10-1 8.850748

Force

pounds-force (lbf)

newtons (N)

4.448222

Length

foot (ft) inch (in) mil inch (in) meter (m) meter (m) meter (m) micrometer (µm)

meter (m) meter (m) meter (m) micrometer (µm) foot (ft) inch (in) mil Inch (in)

3.048000 x 10-1 2.540000 x 10-2 2.540000 x 10-5 2.540000 X 10+4 3.280840 3.937008 x 10+1 3.937008 x 10+4 3.937008 x 10-5

Mass

ounce (avoirdupois) pound (avoirdupois) ton (short, 2000 lb) ton (long, 2240 lb) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg)

kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) kilogram (kg) ounce (avoirdupois) pound (avoirdupois) ton (short, 2000 lb) ton (long, 2240 lb)

2.834952 x 10-2 4.535924 x 10-1 9.071847 x 10+2 1.016047 x 10+3 3.527396 x 10+1 2.204622 1.102311 x 10-3 9.842064 x 10-4

Mass Per Unit Length

lb/ft lb/in kg/m kg/m

kilogram per meter (kg/m) kilogram per meter (kg/m) lb/ft lb/in

1.488164 1.785797 x 10+1 6.719689 x 10-1 5.599741 x 10-2

Mass Per lb/ft3 Unit Volume lb/in3 kg/m3 kg/m3 lbs/ft3

kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3) kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3) lb/ft3 lb/in3 lbs/in3

1.601846 x 10-1 2.767990 x 10+4 6.242797 x 10-2 3 612730 x 10-5 1.728000 x 10+3

Mass Per Area Unit

lb/ft2 kg/m2

kilogram per square meter (kg/m2) 4882428 pound per square foot (lb/ft2) 2.048161 x 10-1

Pressure or Stress

lbf/in2 (psi) kip/in2 (ksi) lbf/in2 (psi) pascal (Pa) pascal (Pa) megapascals (MPa)

pascal (Pa) pascal (Pa) megapascals (MPa) pound force per sq. inch (psi) kip per sq. inch (ksi) lbf/in2 (psi)

6.894757 x 10+3 6-894757 x 10+6 6.894757 x 10-3 1.450377 x 10-4 1.450377 x 10-7 1-450377 x 10+2

Section Properties

section modulus S (in3) section modulus S (M3) moment of inertia I (in4) moment of inertia I (M4) modulus of elasticity E (psi) modulus of elasticity E (Pa)

S (m3) S (in3) 1 (m4) I (in4) E (Pa) E (psi)

1.638706 x 10-5 6.102374 x 10+4 4.162314 x 10-7 2.402510 x 10+6 6.894757 x 10+3 1.450377 x 10-4

Temperature degree Fahrenheit degree Celsius

degree Celsius degree Fahrenheit

t° C = (t° F- 32) / 1.8 t° F = 1.8 t° C + 32

Volume

cubic meter (m3) cubic meter (m3) cubic inch (in3) foot3 inch3 cubic meter (m3)

2.831685 x 10-2 1.638706 x 10-2 6.102374 x 10-2 3.531466 x 10+1 6.102376 x 10+4 3.785412 x 10-3

Angle

foot3 inch3 cubic centimeter (cm3) cubic meter (m3) cubic meter (m3) gallon (U.S. liquid)

ASME ABBREVIATIONS AISC

= American Institute of Steel Construction AISI = American Iron & Steel Institute ANSI = American National Standards Institute ASTM = American Society for Testing & Materials AWWA = American Water Works Association Dia. = Diameter Ft. = Feet Ga = Gauge I.D. = Inside Diameter In. = Inch Lbs. = Pounds Max. = Maximum Min. = Minimum MSS = Manufacturers' Standardization Society NFPA = National Fire Protection Association O.D. = Outside Diameter Oz. = Ounces psi = Pounds Per Square Inch PVC = Poly Vinyl Chloride UNC = Unified Course Threads UNCR = Unified Course Threads (Rounded Root) METRIC SYMBOLS cm kg kN m µm mm MPa N Nm Pa

= = = = = = = = = =

centimeter kilogram kilonewton meter micrometer millimeter megapascal newton newton-meter pascal

143


PIPE WEIGHTS FOR STANDARD AND HEAVY WEIGHT PIPE Nominal Pipe Size 1 ⁄2" (15mm) 3 ⁄4" (20mm) 1" (25mm) 11⁄4" (32mm) 11⁄2" (40mm) 2" (50mm) 21⁄2" (65mm) 3" (80mm) 31⁄2" (90mm) 4" (100mm) 5" (125mm) 6" (150mm) 8" (200mm) 10" (250mm) 12" (300mm) 14" (350mm) 16" (400mm) 18" (450mm) 20" (500mm) 24" (600mm) 30" (750mm) 36" (900mm) 42" (1050mm)

Pipe Schedule Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 80 Std / 40 XS / 60 Std XS Std / 30 XS Std / 30 XS / 40 Std XS Std / 20 XS / 30 Std / 20 XS Std XS / 20 Std XS / 20 Std XS / 20

PIPE DATA Outside Dia. in mm 0.840 22 1.050

28

1.315

34

1.660

42

1.900

48

2.375

60

2.875

75

3.500

89

4.000

102

4.500

114

5.563

141

6.625

168

8.625

219

10.75

273

12.75

235

14.00

355.6

16.00

406.4

18.00

457.2

20.00

508.0

24.00

609.6

30.00

762.0

36.00

914.4

42.00

1066.8

Pipe Weights are based on Carbon Steel pipe

144

Wall Th’k in 0.109 0.147 0.113 0.154 0.133 0.179 0.140 0.191 0.145 0.200 0.154 0.218 0.203 0.276 0.216 0.300 0.226 0.318 0.237 0.337 0.258 0.375 0.280 0.432 0.322 0.500 0.365 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.500

PIPE WEIGHT w/ Gas, Air, Steam w/ Water lbs/ft N/m lbs/ft N/m 0.9 12 1.0 14 1.1 16 1.2 17 1.1 17 1.4 20 1.5 22 1.7 24 1.7 25 2.1 30 2.2 32 2.5 36 2.3 33 2.9 43 3.0 44 3.6 52 2.7 40 3.6 53 3.6 53 4.4 64 3.7 53 5.1 75 5.0 73 6.3 92 5.8 85 7.9 115 7.7 112 9.5 139 7.6 111 11 157 10 150 13 191 9.1 133 13 195 13 182 16 239 11 157 16 238 15 219 20 291 15 213 23 340 21 303 29 418 19 277 31 460 29 417 40 582 29 417 50 733 43 633 63 922 40 591 75 1090 55 799 87 1271 50 723 99 1439 65 955 112 1641 55 796 114 1669 72 1052 130 1892 63 913 142 2069 83 1208 159 2326 71 1030 172 2509 93 1364 192 2800 79 1147 205 2988 104 1520 227 3313 95 1381 279 4067 125 1831 306 4460 119 1731 410 5983 158 2299 444 6478 143 2082 566 8256 190 2766 607 8853 167 2433 746 10888 222 3234 794 11587


AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION - DUCTILE IRON PIPE DATA BASED UPON AWWA C108-70 CLASS 53 NOMINAL PIPE SIZE in. mm 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900 42 1050 48 1200 54 1350

O.D. SIZE in. mm 3.96 100.6 4.80 121.9 6.90 175.3 9.05 229.9 11.1 281.9 13.2 335.3 15.3 388.6 17.4 442.0 19.5 495.3 21.6 548.6 25.8 655.3 32.0 812.8 38.3 972.8 44.5 1130.3 50.8 1290.3 57.1 1450.3

WALL THICKNESS in. mm 0.31 7.9 0.32 8.1 0.34 8.6 0.36 9.1 0.38 9.7 0.40 10.2 0.42 10.7 0.43 10.9 0.44 11.2 0.45 11.4 0.47 11.9 0.51 13.0 0.58 14.7 0.65 16.5 0.72 18.3 0.81 20.6

WEIGHT OF PIPE Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 11.2 16.7 14.2 21.1 22.0 32.7 31.0 46.1 40.4 60.1 50.7 75.5 62.4 92.9 72.8 108.3 83.6 124.4 95.2 141.7 119.2 177.4 161.3 240.0 219.5 326.7 285.2 424.4 360.3 536.2 455.0 677.1

WEIGHT OF PIPE FILLED WITH WATER Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 15.0 22.3 20.1 29.9 35.1 52.2 54.0 80.4 76.8 114.3 103.0 153.3 133.5 198.7 165.9 246.9 201.5 299.9 241.0 358.7 329.4 490.2 487.8 725.9 688.8 1025.1 920.1 1369.3 1189.2 1769.8 1502.2 2235.6

WALL THICKNESS in. mm 0.32 8.1 0.35 8.9 0.38 9.7 0.41 10.4 0.44 11.2 0.48 12.2 0.51 13.0 0.54 13.7 0.58 14.7 0.62 15.7 0.73 18.5 0.85 21.6 0.94 23.9 1.05 26.7 1.14 29.0

WEIGHT OF PIPE Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 12.9 19.2 16.4 24.4 25.7 38.2 36.7 54.6 48.7 72.5 62.9 93.6 78.8 117.3 95.0 141.4 114.7 170.7 135.9 202.2 190.4 283.4 277.3 412.7 368.9 549.0 479.1 713.0 595.2 885.8

WEIGHT OF PIPE FILLED WITH WATER Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 16.6 24.7 22.1 32.9 38.5 57.3 59.8 89.0 84.2 125.3 113.9 169.5 148.1 220.4 185.3 275.8 228.7 340.4 277.4 412.8 391.4 582.5 589.3 877.0 817.9 1217.2 1091.1 1623.8 1398.2 2080.8

Note: Add flange weight for flanged ductile iron pipe

CAST IRON PIPE DATA MECHANICAL JOINT PIPE CLASS 150 NOMINAL PIPE SIZE in. mm 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 30 750 36 900 42 1050 48 1200

O.D. SIZE in. mm 3.96 100.6 4.80 121.9 6.90 175.3 9.05 229.9 11.1 281.9 13.2 335.3 15.3 388.6 17.4 442.0 19.5 495.3 21.6 548.6 25.8 655.3 32.0 812.8 38.3 972.8 44.5 1130.3 50.8 1290.3

Note: Add flange weight for flanged cast iron pipe

145


NO-HUB CAST IRON PIPE DATA BASED UPON CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE STANDARDS 301-72, TABLE 1 NOMINAL PIPE SIZE: in. mm 11⁄2" 40 2" 50 3" 80 4" 100 5" 125 6" 150 8" 200

O.D. SIZE in. mm 1.9 48.3 2.35 59.7 3.35 85.1 4.38 111.3 5.30 134.6 6.30 160.0 8.38 212.9

WALL THICKNESS in. mm 0.16 4.1 0.16 4.1 0.16 4.1 0.19 4.8 0.19 4.8 0.19 4.8 0.23 5.8

WEIGHT OF PIPE Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 2.7 4.0 3.6 5.4 5.2 7.7 7.4 11.0 9.6 14.3 11.0 16.4 18.0 26.8

WEIGHT OF PIPE FILLED W/WATER Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 6.2 9.2 8.6 12.8 13.5 20.1 20.2 30.1 27.5 40.9 34.0 50.6 57.5 85.6

3.73 5.72 12.80 23.10 35.50 51.00 69.30

DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS DECIMALS OF AN INCH & EQUIVALENT MILLIMETERS FRACTION

DECIMAL

MM

0.0313 0.0625 0.0938 0.1250 0.1563 0.1875 0.2188 0.2500

0.794 1.588 2.381 3.175 3.969 4.763 5.556 6.350

1

⁄32 1 ⁄16 3 ⁄32 1 ⁄8 5 ⁄32 3 ⁄16 7 ⁄32 1 ⁄4

FRACTION 9

⁄32 5 ⁄16 11 ⁄32 3 ⁄8 13 ⁄32 7 ⁄16 15 ⁄32 1 ⁄2

DECIMAL

MM

0.2813 0.3125 0.3438 0.3750 0.4063 0.4375 0.4688 0.5000

7.144 7.938 8.731 9.525 10.319 11.113 11.906 12.700

FRACTION DECIMAL 17

⁄32 9 ⁄16 19 ⁄32 5 ⁄8 21 ⁄32 11 ⁄16 23 ⁄32 3 ⁄4

0.5313 0.5625 0.5938 0.6250 0.6563 0.6875 0.7188 0.7500

MM

13.494 14.288 15.081 15.875 16.669 17.463 18.256 19.050

FRACTION DECIMAL 25

⁄32 13 ⁄16 27 ⁄32 7 ⁄8 29 ⁄32 15 ⁄16 31 ⁄32 1

0.7813 0.8125 0.8438 0.8750 0.9063 0.9375 0.9688 1.0000

MM

19.844 20.638 21.431 22.225 23.019 23.813 24.606 25.400

ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SIZES NOMINAL CONDUIT SIZE 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6

ELECTRICAL METALLIC CONDUIT O.D. 0.706 0.922 1.163 1.510 1.740 2.197 2.875 3.500 4.000 4.500

INTERMEDIATE METALLIC CONDUIT O.D. 0.815 1.029 1.290 1.638 1.863 2.360 2.857 3.476 3.971 4.466

C-CLAMP SET SCREW TORQUE FOR SET SCREW IN MSS TYPE 19 AND 23 C-CLAMPS PER MSS-SP-69 SET SCREW SIZE 1

⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 7 ⁄8 3

146

M6 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20

MAXIMUM TORQUE VALUE INCH-POUNDS NEWTON-METERS 40 4.5 60 6.8 125 14.1 250 28.2 400 45.2 665 75.1

STEEL RIGID CONDUIT O.D. 0.840 1.050 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.375 2.875 3.500 4.000 4.500 5.563 6.625


COPPER TUBING DATA - TYPE L NOMINAL TUBING SIZE in. mm 1 ⁄4 8 3 ⁄8 10 1/2 15 5 ⁄8 18 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

O.D. SIZE in. mm 0.375 9.5 0.500 12.7 0.625 15.9 0.750 19.1 0.875 22.2 1.125 28.6 1.375 34.9 1.625 41.3 2.125 54.0 2.625 66.7 3.125 79.4 3.625 92.1 4.125 104.8 5.125 130.2 6.125 155.6 8.125 206.4 10.125 257.2 12.125 308.0

WALL THICKNESS in. mm 0.030 0.8 0.035 0.9 0.040 1.0 0.042 1.1 0.045 1.1 0.050 1.3 0.055 1.4 0.060 1.5 0.070 1.8 0.080 2.0 0.090 2.3 0.100 2.5 0.110 2.8 0.125 3.2 0.140 3.6 0.200 5.1 0.250 6.4 0.280 7.1

WEIGHT OF TUBING WEIGHT OF TUBING FILLED WITH WATER Lbs./Ft. Kg/m Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 0.13 0.19 0.15 0.22 0.20 0.29 0.26 0.39 0.29 0.42 0.38 0.57 0.36 0.54 0.51 0.76 0.46 0.68 0.66 0.98 0.66 0.97 1.01 1.50 0.88 1.32 1.42 2.11 1.14 1.70 1.91 2.84 1.75 2.60 3.09 4.60 2.48 3.69 4.54 6.76 3.33 4.96 6.28 9.35 4.29 6.38 8.28 12.32 5.38 8.01 10.57 15.73 7.61 11.30 15.69 23.35 10.20 15.20 21.81 32.46 19.26 28.70 39.49 58.77 20.10 29.90 61.69 91.81 40.40 60.10 85.83 127.73

COPPER TUBING DATA - TYPE K NOMINAL TUBING SIZE in. mm 1 ⁄4 8 3 ⁄8 10 1 ⁄2 15 5 ⁄8 18 3 ⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300

O.D. SIZE in. mm 0.375 9.5 0.500 12.7 0.625 15.9 0.750 19.1 0.875 22.2 1.125 28.6 1.375 34.9 1.625 41.3 2.125 54.0 2.625 66.7 3.125 79.4 3.625 92.1 4.125 104.8 5.125 130.2 6.125 155.6 8.125 206.4 10.125 257.2 12.125 308.0

WALL THICKNESS in. mm 0.035 0.9 0.049 1.2 0.049 1.2 0.049 1.2 0.065 1.7 0.065 1.7 0.065 1.7 0.072 1.8 0.083 2.1 0.095 2.4 0.109 2.8 0.120 3.0 0.134 3.4 0.160 4.1 0.192 4.9 0.271 6.9 0.338 8.6 0.405 10.3

WEIGHT OF TUBING WEIGHT OF TUBING FILLED WITH WATER Lbs./Ft. Kg/m Lbs./Ft. Kg/m 0.14 0.21 0.17 0.25 0.27 0.40 0.32 0.48 0.34 0.51 0.43 0.64 0.42 0.63 0.56 0.83 0.64 0.95 0.83 1.24 0.84 1.25 1.18 1.76 1.04 1.55 1.57 2.34 1.36 2.02 2.10 3.13 2.06 3.07 3.37 5.02 2.92 4.35 4.92 7.32 4.00 5.95 6.96 10.36 5.12 7.62 9.02 13.42 6.51 9.69 11.57 17.22 9.67 14.4 17.67 26.30 13.87 20.6 25.07 37.31 25.90 38.5 45.40 67.56 40.30 60.0 70.72 105.25 57.80 86.0 101.48 151.02

147


PIPE WEIGHTS FOR PVC AND CPVC PIPE – TYPES I & II PIPE DATA Nominal Pipe Outside Dia. Pipe Size Schedule in mm 1 ⁄8" 40 0.405 10 (3mm) 80 1 ⁄4" 40 0.54 14 (6mm) 80 3 ⁄8" 40 0.675 17 (10mm) 80 1 ⁄2" 40 0.840 22 (15mm) 80 120 3 ⁄4" 40 1.050 28 (20mm) 80 120 1" 40 1.315 34 (25mm) 80 120 11⁄4" 40 1.660 42 (32mm) 80 120 11⁄2" 40 1.900 48 (40mm) 80 120 2" 40 2.375 60 (50mm) 80 120 21⁄2" 40 2.875 75 (65mm) 80 120 3" 40 3.500 89 (80mm) 80 120 31⁄2" 40 4.000 102 (90mm) 80 4" 40 4.500 114 (100mm) 80 120 5" 40 5.563 141 (125mm) 80 6" 40 6.625 168 (150mm) 80 120 8" 40 8.625 219 (200mm) 80 10" 40 10.75 273 (250mm) 80 12" 40 12.75 235 (300mm) 80 14" 40 14.00 355.6 (350mm) 80 16" 40 16.00 406.4 (400mm) 80 18" 40 18.00 457.2 (450mm) 80 20" 40 20.00 508.0 (500mm) 80 24" 40 24.00 609.6 (600mm) 80

Wall Th’k in 0.068 0.095 0.088 0.119 0.091 0.126 0.109 0.147 0.170 0.113 0.154 0.170 0.133 0.179 0.200 0.140 0.191 0.215 0.145 0.200 0.225 0.154 0.218 0.250 0.203 0.276 0.300 0.216 0.300 0.350 0.226 0.318 0.237 0.337 0.437 0.258 0.375 0.280 0.432 0.562 0.322 0.500 0.365 0.593 0.406 0.687 0.437 0.750 0.500 0.843 0.562 0.937 0.593 1.031 0.687 1.218

PVC PIPE WEIGHT w/ Gas, Air w/ Water lbs/ft N/m lbs/ft N/m 0.05 0.7 0.07 1.0 0.06 0.9 0.08 1.1 0.08 1.2 0.13 1.9 0.10 1.5 0.13 2.0 0.11 1.6 0.19 2.8 0.14 2.1 0.20 3.0 0.17 2.4 0.30 4.4 0.21 3.1 0.31 4.6 0.24 3.4 0.32 4.7 0.22 3.2 0.45 6.6 0.29 4.2 0.47 6.9 0.31 4.5 0.48 7.0 0.33 4.8 0.70 10 0.42 6.2 0.74 11 0.46 6.8 0.75 11 0.44 6.5 1.1 16 0.58 8.5 1.1 17 0.65 9.5 1.2 17 0.53 7.8 1.4 21 0.71 10 1.5 22 0.79 11 1.5 22 0.72 10 2.2 32 0.98 14 2.3 33 1.1 16 2.3 34 1.1 17 3.2 47 1.5 22 3.3 49 1.6 24 3.4 49 1.5 22 4.7 68 2.0 29 4.9 71 2.3 34 5.0 73 1.8 26 6.1 89 2.5 36 6.3 92 2.1 31 7.6 111 2.9 43 7.9 116 3.7 54 8.2 120 2.9 42 12 168 4.1 60 12 175 3.7 54 16 237 5.6 82 17 247 7.1 104 17 254 5.6 82 27 398 8.5 124 28 413 8.0 116 42 615 13 184 44 639 11 153 59 862 17 254 61 897 12 182 71 1038 21 304 74 1081 16 238 93 1356 27 391 97 1409 22 328 119 1743 34 489 122 1781 27 388 147 2146 42 618 152 2217 37 542 211 3086 60 879 219 3189

PVC and CPVC pipe weights are based on the “average I.D.”

148

CPVC PIPE WEIGHT w/ Gas, Air w/ Water lbs/ft N/m lbs/ft N/m 0.09 0.12 0.12 0.16 0.19 0.24

1.3 1.7 1.8 2.3 2.7 3.5

0.13 0.14 0.20 0.22 0.31 0.33

2.0 2.1 3.0 3.2 4.6 4.8

0.25 0.32

3.6 4.7

0.47 0.50

6.9 7.3

0.37 0.47

5.4 6.9

0.73 0.77

11 11

0.50 0.65

7.2 9.5

1.1 1.2

16 17

0.60 0.79

8.7 12

1.5 1.5

21 22

0.80 1.1

12 16

2.2 2.3

33 34

1.3 1.7

18 24

3.3 3.5

48 50

1.7 2.2

24 33

4.8 5.0

70 73

2.0 2.7 2.4 3.3

29 40 34 48

6.2 6.5 7.8 8.2

91 95 114 119

4.2 6.3

61 91

17 17

242 253

6.3 9.5 8.9 14 12 19

91 139 130 206 171 283

28 29 43 45 60 63

405 423 624 654 874 917


USEFUL WEIGHT FORMULAS PIPE Weight (lb/ft) = 10.68 x T x (D - T) x F

PLATE AND BAR Weight (lb) = 0.2833 x T x W x L x F

PIPE CONTENTS Weight (lb/ft) = 0.3405 x G x (D - 2T)2

ROUND ROD Weight (lb/ft) = 2.67D2

LEGEND D = Outside Diameter (inches) F = Material Weight Factor G = Specific Gravity of Pipe Contents Normally 1.0 for water, 0 for air and steam. L = Length (inches) T = Pipe Wall, Plate, or Bar Thickness (inches) W = Width (inches)

MATERIAL WEIGHT FACTORS Carbon Steel & Cr-Mo ..................1.00 Aluminum ......................................0.35 Brass ...............................................1.12 Cast lron .........................................0.91 Copper ............................................1.14 Ferritic stainless steel .....................0.95 Austenitic stainless steel ................1.02 Wrought iron ..................................0.98

CALCULATING OF PIPING INSULATION WEIGHT The weight per foot of insulation is calculated by using the weight factor “X” from the table below and multiplying by the insulation density (lbs/cu-ft). EXAMPLE: A 16" pipe with 31⁄2" of insulation is found to have a weight factor of 1.49 (from table below). With an insulation density of 11 lb/cu-ft, the calculation for insulation weight is 1.49 x 11 = 16.39

INSULATION WEIGHT FACTOR – X NOMINAL PIPE SIZE 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24

1" .057 .051 .066 .080 .091 .10 .15 .13 .15 .17

11⁄2" .10 .12 .11 .14 .19 .17 .23 .21 .24 .27 .34 .43 .50 .51 .57 .64 .70 .83

2" .16 .15 .21 .21 .27 .25 .31 .30 .34 .38 .47 .59 .68 .70 .78 .87 .96 1.13

NOMINAL INSULATION THICKNESS 21⁄2" 3" 31⁄2" 4" .23 .31 .40 .22 .30 .39 .29 .38 .48 .29 .37 .47 .59 .36 .46 .58 .70 .34 .44 .56 .68 .41 .54 .66 .78 .39 .51 .63 .77 .45 .58 .71 .88 .51 .64 .83 .97 .66 .80 .97 1.17 .75 .93 1.12 1.32 .88 1.07 1.28 1.52 .90 1.11 1.34 1.57 1.01 1.24 1.49 1.74 1.12 1.37 1.64 1.92 1.23 1.50 1.79 2.09 1.44 1.77 2.10 2.44

41⁄2"

5"

51⁄2"

6"

.83 .81 ... .96 1.04 1.13 1.36 1.54 1.74 1.81 2.01 2.21 2.40 2.80

.97 1.10 1.20 1.34 1.56 1.76 1.99 2.07 2.29 2.51 2.73 3.16

1.75 1.99 2.24 2.34 2.58 2.82 3.06 3.54

2.50 2.62 2.88 3.14 3.40 3.92

General Formula: For pipe sizes not shown in the table above (special O.D. pipe, etc.), use the following formula to determine the insulation weight: Insulation Weight: (lb/ft) = 0.0218 x I x T x (T + D) Where: I = Insulation density (lb/cu-ft) T = Insulation thickness (inches) D= Outside diameter of pipe (inches)

149


MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL HANGER SPACING

LOAD CHART FOR THREADED ROD

PER MSS-SP-69, AND ASME B31.1

MATERIALS: ASTM A36, A575 GR. 1020 OR A576 GR 1020

NOMINAL STANDARD WEIGHT PIPE SIZE STEEL PIPE OR SERVICE TUBE (FEET / METERS) DIA. WATER VAPOR 1 ⁄4 7 8 8 2.13 2.44 3 ⁄8 7 8 10 2.13 2.44 1 ⁄2 7 8 15 2.13 2.44 3 ⁄4 7 9 20 2.13 2.74 1 7 9 25 2.13 2.74 11⁄4 7 9 32 2.13 2.74 11⁄2 9 12 40 2.74 3.66 2 10 13 50 3.05 3.96 21⁄2 11 14 65 3.35 4.27 3 12 15 80 3.66 4.57 31⁄2 13 16 90 3.96 4.88 4 14 17 100 4.27 5.18 5 16 19 125 4.88 5.79 6 17 21 150 5.18 6.40 8 19 24 200 5.79 7.32 10 22 26 250 6.71 7.92 12 23 30 300 7.01 9.14 14 25 32 350 7.62 9.75 16 27 35 400 8.23 10.67 18 28 37 450 8.53 11.28 20 30 39 500 9.14 11.89 24 32 42 600 9.75 12.80 30 33 44 750 10.06 13.41

COPPER TUBING SERVICE (FEET / METERS) WATER VAPOR 5 5 1.52 1.52 5 6 1.52 1.83 5 6 1.52 1.83 5 7 1.52 2.13 6 8 1.83 2.44 7 9 2.13 2.74 8 10 2.44 3.05 8 11 2.44 3.35 9 13 2.74 3.96 10 14 3.05 4.27 11 15 3.35 4.57 12 16 3.66 4.88 13 18 3.96 5.49 14 20 4.27 6.10 16 23 4.88 7.01 18 25 5.49 7.62 19 28 5.79 8.53

NOTE: Local codes and specifications may require hanger spacing less than the values shown above.




MAXIMUM SAFE ROD LOAD NOMINAL ROD TEMPERATURE ROD 650°F 750°F DIAMETER 349°C 399°C 1 ⁄4 240 210 M6 1068 934 3 ⁄8 610 540 M10 2714 2402 1 ⁄2 1130 1010 M12 5027 4493 5 ⁄8 1810 1610 M16 8052 7162 3 ⁄4 2710 2420 M20 12055 10765 7 ⁄8 3770 3360 M20 16770 14947 1 4960 4420 M24 22064 19662 11⁄4 8000 7140 M30 35587 31762 11⁄2 11630 10370 M36 51735 46130 13⁄4 15700 14000 M42 69840 62278 2 20700 18460 M48 92082 82117 21⁄4 27200 24260 M56 120996 107918 21⁄2 33500 29880 M64 149021 132918 23⁄4 41580 37066 M72 184964 164884 3 50580 45085 M80 225000 200556

WEIGHT PER FOOT METER 0.167 0.248 0.360 0.536 0.668 0.994 1.04 1.55 1.50 2.23 2.04 3.04 2.67 3.97 3.38 5.03 4.17 6.20 6.01 8.94 8.18 12.17 10.68 15.89 13.52 20.12 16.69 24.83 20.19 30.04

ROOT AREA IN.2 MM2 0.027 0.017 0.068 0.044 0.126 0.081 0.202 0.130 0.302 0.195 0.419 0.270 0.552 0.356 0.889 0.574 1.293 0.834 1.744 1.125 2.300 1.484 3.023 1.950 3.716 2.398 4.619 2.980 5.621 3.627

GAUGE THICKNESS GAUGE 3 3 7 7 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 16 16 18 18

MINIMUM 0.215 5.461 0.167 4.242 0.108 2.743 0.093 2.362 0.080 2.032 0.066 1.676 0.053 1.346 0.042 1.067

NOMINAL 0.239 6.071 0.179 4.547 0.120 3.048 0.105 2.667 0.090 2.286 0.075 1.905 0.060 1.524 0.048 1.219


HANGER SPACING FOR PVC AND CPVC PIPING PVC Pipe Size Sch. 1 ⁄2" 40 15mm 80 120 3/4" 40 20mm 80 120 1" 40 25mm 80 120 1 1/4" 40 32mm 80 120 11⁄2" 40 40mm 80 120 2" 40 50mm 80 120 40 21⁄2" 65mm 80 120 3" 40 80mm 80 120 40 31⁄2" 90mm 80 4" 40 100mm 80 120 5" 40 125mm 80 6" 40 150mm 80 120 8" 40 200mm 80 10" 40 250mm 80 12" 40 300mm 80 14" 40 350mm 80 16" 40 400mm 80 18" 40 450mm 80 20" 40 500mm 80 24" 40 600mm 80

60° F ft mm 4.5 1.37 5.0 1.52 5.0 1.52 5.0 1.52 5.5 1.68 5.5 1.68 5.5 1.68 6.0 1.83 6.0 1.83 5.5 1.68 6.0 1.83 6.5 1.98 6.0 1.83 6.5 1.98 6.5 1.98 6.0 1.83 7.0 2.13 7.5 2.29 7.0 2.13 7.5 2.29 8.0 2.44 7.0 2.13 8.0 2.44 8.5 2.59 7.5 2.29 8.5 2.59 7.5 2.29 9.0 2.74 9.5 2.90 8.0 2.44 9.5 2.90 8.5 2.59 10.0 3.05 11.5 3.51 9.0 2.74 11.0 3.35 10.0 3.05 12.0 3.66 11.5 3.51 13.0 3.96 12.0 3.66 13.5 4.11 12.5 3.81 14.0 4.27 13.0 3.96 14.5 4.42 13.5 4.11 15.0 4.57 14.0 4.27 18.5 5.64

80° F ft mm 4.5 1.37 4.5 1.37 5.0 1.52 4.5 1.37 5.0 1.52 5.0 1.52 5.0 1.52 5.5 1.68 5.5 1.68 5.5 1.68 6.0 1.83 6.0 1.83 5.5 1.68 6.0 1.83 6.5 1.98 5.5 1.68 6.5 1.98 7.0 2.13 6.5 1.98 7.5 2.29 7.5 2.29 7.0 2.13 7.5 2.29 8.0 2.44 7.0 2.13 8.0 2.44 7.0 2.13 8.5 2.59 9.0 2.74 7.5 2.29 9.0 2.74 8.0 2.44 9.5 2.90 10.5 3.20 8.5 2.59 10.5 3.20 9.0 2.74 11.0 3.35 10.5 3.20 12.0 3.66 11.0 3.35 13.0 3.96 11.5 3.51 13.5 4.11 12.0 3.66 14.0 4.27 12.5 3.81 14.5 4.42 13.0 3.96 15.0 4.57

100° F 120° F ft mm ft mm 4.0 1.22 2.5 0.76 4.5 1.37 3.0 0.91 4.5 1.37 3.0 0.91 4.0 1.22 2.5 0.76 4.5 1.37 3.0 0.91 4.5 1.37 3.0 0.91 4.5 1.37 3.0 0.91 5.0 1.52 3.5 1.07 5.0 1.52 3.5 1.07 5.0 1.52 3.0 0.91 5.5 1.68 3.5 1.07 5.5 1.68 3.5 1.07 5.0 1.52 3.5 1.07 5.5 1.68 3.5 1.07 6.0 1.83 4.0 1.22 5.0 1.52 3.5 1.07 6.0 1.83 4.0 1.22 6.5 1.98 4.0 1.22 6.0 1.83 4.0 1.22 6.5 1.98 4.5 1.37 7.0 2.13 4.5 1.37 6.0 1.83 4.0 1.22 7.0 2.13 4.5 1.37 7.5 2.29 5.0 1.52 6.5 1.98 4.0 1.22 7.5 2.29 5.0 1.52 6.5 1.98 4.5 1.37 7.5 2.29 5.0 1.52 8.5 2.59 5.5 1.68 7.0 2.13 4.5 1.37 8.0 2.44 5.5 1.68 7.5 2.29 5.0 1.52 9.0 2.74 6.0 1.83 9.5 2.90 6.5 1.98 8.0 2.44 5.0 1.52 9.5 2.90 6.5 1.98 8.5 2.59 5.5 1.68 10.0 3.05 7.0 2.13 9.5 2.90 6.5 1.98 10.5 3.20 7.5 2.29 10.0 3.05 7.0 2.13 11.0 3.35 8.0 2.44 10.5 3.20 7.5 2.29 11.5 3.51 8.5 2.59 11.0 3.35 8.0 2.44 12.0 3.66 9.0 2.74 11.5 3.51 8.5 2.59 12.5 3.81 9.5 2.90 12.0 3.66 9.0 2.74 13.0 3.96 10.0 3.05

CPVC 140° F ft mm 2.5 0.76 2.5 0.76 2.5 0.76 2.5 0.76 2.5 0.76 3.0 0.91 2.5 0.76 3.0 0.91 3.0 0.91 3.0 0.91 3.0 0.91 3.5 1.07 3.0 0.91 3.5 1.07 3.5 1.07 3.0 0.91 3.5 1.07 3.5 1.07 3.5 1.07 4.0 1.22 4.0 1.22 3.5 1.07 4.0 1.22 4.5 1.37 4.0 1.22 4.5 1.37 4.0 1.22 4.5 1.37 5.0 1.52 4.0 1.22 5.0 1.52 4.5 1.37 5.0 1.52 6.0 1.83 4.5 1.37 5.5 1.68 5.0 1.52 6.0 1.83 5.5 1.68 6.5 1.98 6.0 1.83 7.0 2.13 6.5 1.98 7.5 2.29 7.0 2.13 8.0 2.44 7.5 2.29 8.5 2.59 8.0 2.44 9.0 2.74

73° F 100° F ft mm ft mm 5.0 1.52 4.5 1.37 5.5 1.68 5.5 1.68

120° F ft mm 4.5 1.37 4.5 1.37

140° F ft mm 4.0 1.22 4.5 1.37

160° F ft mm 2.5 0.76 3.0 0.91

180° F ft mm 2.5 0.76 2.5 0.76

5.0 1.52 5.0 5.5 1.68 5.5

1.52 1.68

4.5 5.0

1.37 1.52

4.0 1.22 4.5 1.37

2.5 3.0

0.76 0.91

2.5 2.5

0.76 0.76

5.5 1.68 5.5 6.0 1.83 6.0

1.68 1.83

5.0 5.5

1.52 1.68

4.5 1.37 5.0 1.52

3.0 3.5

0.91 1.07

2.5 3.0

0.76 0.91

5.5 1.68 5.5 6.5 1.98 6.0

1.68 1.83

5.5 6.0

1.68 1.83

5.0 1.52 5.5 1.68

3.0 3.5

0.91 1.07

3.0 3.0

0.91 0.91

6.0 1.83 6.0 7.0 2.13 6.5

1.83 1.98

5.5 6.0

1.68 1.83

5.0 1.52 5.5 1.68

3.5 3.5

1.07 1.07

3.0 3.5

0.91 1.07

6.0 1.83 6.0 7.0 2.13 7.0

1.83 2.13

5.5 6.5

1.68 1.98

5.0 1.52 6.0 1.83

3.5 4.0

1.07 1.22

3.0 3.5

0.91 1.07

7.0 2.13 7.0 8.0 2.44 7.5

2.13 2.29

6.5 7.5

1.98 2.29

6.0 1.83 6.5 1.98

4.0 4.5

1.22 1.37

3.5 4.0

1.07 1.22

7.0 2.13 7.0 8.0 2.44 8.0

2.13 2.44

7.0 7.5

2.13 2.29

6.0 1.83 7.0 2.13

4.0 4.5

1.22 1.37

3.5 4.0

1.07 1.22

7.5 8.5 7.5 8.5

2.29 2.59 2.29 2.59

7.5 8.5 7.5 9.0

2.29 2.59 2.29 2.74

7.0 8.0 7.0 8.5

2.13 2.44 2.13 2.59

6.5 7.5 6.5 7.5

1.98 2.29 1.98 2.29

4.0 5.0 4.5 5.0

1.22 1.52 1.37 1.52

4.0 4.5 4.0 4.5

1.22 1.37 1.22 1.37

8.0 9.0 8.5 10.0

2.44 2.74 2.59 3.05

8.0 9.0 8.0 9.5

2.44 2.74 2.44 2.90

7.5 8.5 7.5 9.0

2.29 2.59 2.29 2.74

7.0 8.0 7.0 8.0

2.13 2.44 2.13 2.44

5.0 5.5 5.0 5.5

1.52 1.68 1.52 1.68

4.5 5.0 4.5 5.0

1.37 1.52 1.37 1.52

9.5 11.0 10.5 11.5 11.5 12.5

2.90 3.35 3.20 3.51 3.51 3.81

9.0 10.5 10.0 11.0 10.5 12.0

2.74 3.20 3.05 3.35 3.20 3.66

8.5 10.0 9.5 10.5 10.0 11.5

2.59 7.5 3.05 9.0 2.90 8.0 3.20 9.5 3.05 8.5 3.51 10.5

2.29 2.74 2.44 2.90 2.59 3.20

5.5 6.0 6.0 6.5 6.5 7.5

1.68 1.83 1.83 1.98 1.98 2.29

5.0 5.5 0.56 0.60 6.0 6.5

1.52 1.68 0.17 0.18 1.83 1.98

151


THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIALS

TEMPERATURE 0 -17.8 50 10.0 70 21 100 37.8 150 65.6 200 93.3 250 121 300 149 350 177 400 204 450 232 500 260 550 288 600 316 650 343 700 371 750 399 800 427 850 454 900 482 950 510 1000 538 1050 566 1100 593

152

CARBON STEEL THROUGH 3% CR MO -0.0051 -0.4250 -0.0015 -0.1250 0.0000 0.0000 0.0023 0.1917 0.0061 0.5083 0.0099 0.8250 0.0141 1.1750 0.0182 1.5166 0.0226 1.8833 0.0270 2.2499 0.0316 2.6332 0.0362 3.0165 0.0411 3.4249 0.0460 3.8332 0.0512 4.2665 0.0563 4.6915 0.0617 5.1415 0.0670 5.5831 0.0726 6.0498 0.0781 6.5081 0.0835 6.9581 0.0889 7.4080 0.0946 7.8830 0.1004 8.3663

ALLOY STEELS THROUGH 9% CR MO

0.0000 0.0000 0.0022 0.1833 0.0058 0.4833 0.0094 0.7833 0.0132 1.1000 0.0171 1.4249 0.0210 1.7499 0.0250 2.0833 0.0292 2.4332 0.0335 2.7916 0.0379 3.1582 0.0424 3.5332 0.0469 3.9082 0.0514 4.2832 0.0562 4.6831 0.0610 5.0831 0.0658 5.4831 0.0707 5.8914 0.0756 6.2997 0.0806 6.7164 0.0855 7.1247 0.0905 7.5414

STAINLESS STEELS (304, 316, 347) -0.0078 -0.6500 -0.0022 -0.1833 0.0000 0.0000 0.0034 0.2833 0.0090 0.7500 0.0146 1.2166 0.0203 1.6916 0.0261 2.1749 0.0321 2.6749 0.0380 3.1665 0.0440 3.6665 0.0501 4.1748 0.0562 4.6831 0.0624 5.1998 0.0687 5.7248 0.0750 6.2498 0.0815 6.7914 0.0880 7.3330 0.0946 7.8830 0.1012 8.4330 0.1080 8.9996 0.1148 9.5663 0.1216 10.1329 0.1284 10.6996

DIMENSIONS INCHES PER FOOT MILLIMETERS PER METER

COPPER -0.0079 -0.6583 -0.0022 -0.1833 0.0000 0.0000 0.0034 0.2833 0.0091 0.7583 0.0151 1.2583 0.0208 1.7333 0.0267 2.2249 0.0327 2.7249 0.0388 3.2332 0.0449 3.7415 0.0512 4.2665 0.0574 4.7831 0.0639 5.3248 0.0703 5.8581 0.0768 6.3997 0.0834 6.9497 0.0900 7.4997 0.0967 8.0580 0.1037 8.6413 0.1105 9.2080 0.1175 9.7913

BRASS -0.0081 -0.6750 -0.0023 -0.1917 0.0000 0.0000 0.0035 0.2917 0.0093 0.7750 0.0152 1.2666 0.0214 1.7833 0.0276 2.2999 0.0340 2.8332 0.0405 3.3749 0.0472 3.9332 0.0540 4.4998 0.0610 5.0831 0.0680 5.6664 0.0753 6.2747 0.0826 6.8831 0.0902 7.5164 0.0978 8.1497 0.1056 8.7996 0.1135 9.4580 0.1216 10.1329 0.1298 10.8162

ALUMINUM -0.0104 -0.8666 -0.0030 -0.2500 0.0000 0.0000 0.0046 0.3833 0.0123 1.0250 0.0200 1.6666 0.0283 2.3582 0.0366 3.0499 0.0452 3.7665 0.0539 4.4915 0.0628 5.2331 0.0717 5.9748 0.0810 6.7497 0.0903 7.5247


COMMON STRUCTURAL SHAPES USED FOR PIPE SUPPORTS STRUCTURAL SHAPE

ANGLE

CHANNEL

SQUARE TUBING

I-BEAM

SIZE L 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄4 L 2 x 2 x 1⁄4 L 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1⁄4

WEIGHT PER FOOT 2.3 3.2 4.1

DEPTH IN 11⁄2 2 21⁄2

FLANGE WIDTH IN 11⁄2 2 21⁄2

L 3 x 3 x 1⁄4 L 3 x 3 x 3⁄8 L 3 x 3 x 1⁄2

4.9 7.2 9.4

3 3 3

3 3 3

3

L 31⁄2 x 31⁄2 x 3⁄8 L 4 x 4 x 3⁄8 L 4 x 4 x 1⁄2

8.5 9.8 12.8

31⁄2 4 4

31⁄2 4 4

3

L 5 x 5 x 1⁄2 L 6 x 6 x 1⁄2 L 6 x 6 x 3⁄4

16.2 19.6 28.7

5 6 6

5 6 6

C 3 x 4.1 C 4 x 5.4 C 5 x 6.7

4.1 5.4 6.7

3 4 5

13⁄8 15⁄8 13⁄4

C 6 x 8.2 C 8 x 11.5 C 10 x 15.3

8.2 11.5 15.3

6 8 10

17⁄8 21⁄4 25⁄8

C 12 x 20.7 C 15 x 33.9

20.7 33.9

12 15

3 33⁄8

ST 2 x 2 x 1⁄4 ST 3 x 3 x 1⁄4 ST 4 x 4 x 1⁄4

5.4 8.8 12.2

2 3 4

2 3 4

1

ST 4 x 4 x 3⁄8 ST 4 x 4 x 1⁄2 ST 6 x 6 x 1⁄4

17.3 21.6 19.0

4 4 6

4 4 6

3

⁄8 ⁄2 1 ⁄4

5.35 6.13 10.10

ST 6 x 6 x 3⁄8 ST 6 x 6 x 1⁄2 ST 8 x 8 x 1⁄4

27.5 35.2 25.8

6 6 8

6 6 8

3

⁄8 ⁄2 1 ⁄4

13.90 16.80 18.80

ST 8 x 8 x 3⁄8 ST 8 x 8 x 1⁄2

38.9 48.9

8 8

8 8

3

⁄8 ⁄2

26.40 32.90

S 4 x 7.7 W 4 x 13 W 6 x 12

7.7 13.0 12.0

4 41⁄8 6

25⁄8 4 4

5

⁄16 ⁄8 1 ⁄4

3.04 5.46 7.31

W 6 x 15 W 6 x 20 W 8 x 18

15.0 20.0 18.0

6 61⁄4 81⁄8

6 6 51⁄4

⁄4 ⁄8 5 ⁄16

9.72 13.40 15.20

W 8 x 24 W 8 x 31 W 10 x 22

24.0 31.0 22.0

77⁄8 8 101⁄8

61⁄2 8 53⁄4

3

7

⁄8 ⁄16 3 ⁄8

20.90 27.50 23.20

W 10 x 33 W 12 x 26 W 12 x 40

33.0 26.0 40.0

93⁄4 121⁄4 12

8 61⁄2 8

7

35.00 33.40 51.90

THICKNESS IN 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1

SECTION MODULUS IN3 0.13 0.25 0.38

⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄2

0.58 0.83 1.07

3

⁄8 ⁄8 1 ⁄2

1.15 1.52 1.97

1

⁄2 ⁄2 3 ⁄4

3.16 4.61 6.66

1

1.10 1.93 3.00

1

⁄4 ⁄16 5 ⁄16

5

5

⁄16 ⁄8 7 ⁄16

4.38 8.14 13.50

1

21.50 42.00

3

5

⁄2 ⁄8

⁄4 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1

1

1

1

3

1

3

⁄16 ⁄8 1 ⁄2

3

0.77 2.10 4.11

Note: Flange thickness for I-Beam and Channel is the “mean” thickness

153


WELDING BASIC WELDING SYMBOLS AND THEIR LOCATION SIGNIFICANCE Location Significance

Fillet

Plug or Slot

Spot or Projection

Seam

Back or backing

Surfacing

Flange Edge

Corner

(groove weld symbol)

Arrow side

Other side (groove weld symbol)

Both sides

not used

No arrow side or other side significance

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

SUPPLEMENTARY SYMBOLS USED WITH WELDING SYMBOLS Flush Contour Symbol

Convex Contour Symbol Finish symbol (user’s standard) indicates method of obtaining specified contour but not degree of finish.

M

Weld-All-Around Symbol

Convex countour symbol indicates face of weld to be finished to convex contour.

Melt-Thru Symbol

Field Weld Symbol

Melt-thru symbol is not dimensioned (except height)

Weld all-around symbol indicates that weld extends completely around the joint

LOCATION OF ELEMENTS OF A WELDING SYMBOL Finish symbol Contour symbol Root opening: depth of filling for plug and slot welds Size: size or strength for certain welds Reference line Effective throat

Arrow side of joint

Arrow of welding symbol

Other side of joint

Other side of joint

T

Corner Joint Arrow side of joint

Arrow side of joint

S(E)

Groove angle, included angle of countersink for plug welds Length of weld Pitch (center-to-center spacing) of welds

F A R

Arrow Other side side

T-Joint

sides

Butt Joint Arrow side of joint

Field weld symbol indicates that weld is to be made at a place other than that of initial construction

Any applicable weld symbol

BASIC JOINTS – Identification of arrow side and other side of joint Arrow of welding symbol

Finish symbol (user’s standard) indicates method of obtaining specified contour but not degree of finish.

G

Both

Flush contour symbol indicates face of weld to be made flush. When used without a finish symbol, indicates weld to be welded flush without subsequent finishing.

Field weld symbol

L–P

(N)

Arrow connecting reference line to arrow side or arrow side member of joing

Specification, process, or other reference

Joint

T

IN

JO


Tail (may be omitted when reference not used)

Other side of joint

Other side of joint

Basic weld symbol or detail reference


Elements in this area remain as shown when tail and arrow are reversed

Weld all-around symbol Number of spot or projection welds

ARROW SIDE AND OTHER SIDE MEMBER OF JOINT Lap Joint Arrow side of joint

Arrow side member of joint

Other side of joint


Edge Joint

Arrow side of joint

Other side member of joint Arrow of welding symbol


Joint Other side of joint

DESIGNATION OF WELDING AND ALLIED PROCESSES BY LETTERS AAC................air carbon arc cutting AAW ...............air acetylene welding ABD .....................adhesive bonding AB ..................................arc brazing AC ...................................arc cutting AHW ........atomic hydrogen welding AOC....................oxygen arc cutting AW.................................arc welding

154

B ...............................................brazing BB....................................block brazing BMAW ..............bare metal arc welding CAC .........................carbon arc cutting CAW.......................carbon arc welding CAW-G ............gas carbon arc welding CAW-S .....shielded carbon arc welding CAW-T ............twin carbon arc welding

CW .........................cold welding DB.............................dip brazing DFB..................diffusion brazing DFW ................diffusion welding DS..........................dip soldering EASP..........electric arc spraying EBC ........ electron beam cutting EBW .......electron beam welding

ESW .................................electroslag welding EXW ...................................explosion welding FB ..........................................furnace brazing FCAW...........................flux cored arc welding FCAW-EG ......flux cored arc welding–electrogas FLB ..............................................flow brazing FLOW ..........................................flow welding FLSP........................................flame spraying

FOC ..........................chemical flux cutting FOW .....................................forge welding FRW...................................friction welding FS ..................................furnace soldering FW ....................................... flash welding GMAC ......................gas metal arc cutting GMAW ....................gas metal arc welding GMAW-EG ...gas metal arc welding- electrogas


COMPONENT TYPES FIGURE NUMBER: 1A 1A CT 12 12CT 14 15 17 34 34CT 38 38CT 39 40 47 47SS 238 238SS 49 53 69 81 81CT 81BRT 81PT 81SG 81SCT 82 84 89 91 91Z 100 100PVC 100SS 100CI 100CT 100EL 100SH 101 113A 113B 125 126 126CT 126LD

MSS-SP-69 7 7 16 16 27 21 44 11 11 15 15 44 46 23 23 23 23 13 46 31 12 12 12 12 12 12 30 32 8 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 39 22 22 37 8 8 8

WW-H-171 7 7 16 16 54 21 45 11 11 15 15 45 47 23 23 23 23 — 47 32 25 25 35 35 35 35 30 33 8 3 3 1 1 1 1 12 1 1 39 22 22 38 8 8 8

FIGURE NUMBER: 126LD PVC 126PVC 132 136 128 140 142 157 175 175SP 192 192W 193 196 200 200VT 217 222 240 247 265P 276 276P 279 279L 283 283PVC 283SP 283SS 297 298 303 304 304SP 304Z 337 351 to 357Z 650 702 800 800CT 800N 800PVC 1010

MSS-SP-69 8 8 13 38 36, 37, 38 43 41 30 4 4 19 19 23 23 1 1 25 24 6 38 40 14 14 17 17 24 24 24 24 28 4 34 3 3 3 34 39A or 39B 18 21 10 10 10 10 35

WW-H-171 8 8 15 38 36, 37, 38, 39 33 42 30 4 4 — — 23 23 12 12 — 24 — 38 41 14 14 17 17 24 24 24 24 28 4 35 3 3 3 35 40A or 40B 19 21 10 10 10 10 —

155

SPECIALTIES

MULTI-STRUT METAL FRAMING SYSTEM Standard channel, combination channel and concrete insert channel available in standard lengths or cut to suit. Stocked pre-galvanized, painted, or plain; stainless steel upon request. Pipe clips, channel nuts, and a variety of fittings that readily attach to the channel are also available.

NON-METALLIC FRAMING SYSTEM Fiberglass channel and fittings are available in both polyester and vinyl ester finishes. Non-metallic structural shapes are also available upon request.

VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL Spring and neoprene hanger isolators, housed and free-standing to provide shock and vibration isolation on equipment. Equipment bases, Inertia bases and Isolation Rails are also available. Seismic control braces to help preserve the safety and operation of plant systems during a seismic event. Please ask for our Seismic Brochure.

STRUCTURAL STEEL We stock the most popular sizes of angle, channel, I beams, wide flange, steel bars and rods for your ordering convenience.

FASTENERS We stock hex bolts, studs, nuts, in carbon and stainless steel as well as lag bolts, tek screws, concrete anchors, adhesive tubes and cartridges. Sammy Super Screws and accessories.

156

SPECIALTIES

ENGINEERING We maintain an engineering department to design pipe hangers and supports for typical and special applications including seismic, wind, and snow loading. Our engineers utilize contemporary CAD and computer piping stress analysis programs when needed to meet customer requirements. Registered Professional Engineers are on staff.

STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATION Complete fabrication services to meet your support needs in carbon steel, alloy steel, stainless, aluminum, hastaloy, or any other requirement.

PIPE SLEEVES Wall and floor sleeves with or without waterproof stops made from plain or galvanized pipe as well as galvanized sheet metal sleeves made to customer order. Plastic “crete” sleeves. Rubber mechanical seal material is available.

ENGINEERED PRODUCTS Variable springs, constant springs, sway braces and travelers, to handle any application.

PRE-INSULATED HANGERS Calcium silicate and rigid urethane foam in various densities, vapor barriers, saddles and shields provide a full variety of combinations to suit customer applications. Pre-insulated slides and guides with PTFE and graphite are also supplied.

157

INDEX BY PRODUCT NAME Product Name

Figure No.

Anchor Bolt .................................................................................177 Angle Knee......................................................................................9 Angle Iron Support......................................................................374 Anchor Bolt, Drop-In..................................................................514 Band Hanger.................................................................................1A Band Hanger, Copper Tubing................................................1A CT Band Hanger, PVC..............................................................1A PVC Base Stand, Threaded..................................................................138 Beam Attachment, Welded............................................113A, 113B Beam Clamp ...........................................................15, 18, 268, 314 Beam Clamp with Swing Nut.....................................................702 Beam Clamp, Adjustable......................................14, 14A, 49A, 82 Beam Clamp, Top .....................................................................6, 18 Beam Clamp. Steel with Weldless Eyenut .................................297 Beam Connector, Side...................................................................18 Beam Hook....................................................................................31 Bracket Clip, Steel ........................................................................78 Bracket, Wall ...........................................................................49, 83 Bracket, Heavy, Welded Steel.....................................................139 Bracket, Light, Welded Steel ........................................................69 Bracket, Medium, Welded Steel ...................................................84 C-Clamp Retaining Clip ..................................................22, 193RS C-Clamp With Locking Nut.......................................47, 47SS, 196 C-Clamp Without Locking Nut .....................................238, 238SS Ceiling Mount, Female ............................................................104F Ceiling Mount, Male ...............................................................104M Ceiling Stirrup .............................................................................151 Chair and Roll .........................................................................17, 39 Chair and Roll, Adjustable......................................................40, 53 Channel Assembly.......................................................................371 Clevis Hanger..............................................................................100 Clevis Hanger, Refrigeration with Shield .............................100SH Clevis Hanger, Cast Iron Pipe ................................................100CI Clevis Hanger, Copper Tubing ..............................................100CT Clevis Hanger, Elongated.......................................................100EL Clevis Hanger, Light Duty..........................................................200 Clevis Hanger, PVC ............................................................100PVC Clevis Hanger, Stainless Steel ...............................................100SS Clevis Hanger, Vee ...................................................................200V Concrete Attachment.................................................................1020 Concrete Insert Nut.........................................................75N, 650N Concrete Insert, Steel............................................................75, 650 Concrete, Single Lug Plate .......................................................1022 Cushion Spring Assembly...........................................................478 Drain, Waste, Vent Clamp .......................................................DWV Drive Screw .................................................................................166 Extension Bar ................................................................................10 Extension Piece ...........................................................................157 Extension Ring Hanger ............................81, 81BRT, 81PT, 81SG Extension Ring Hanger, Copper Tubing....................81CT, 81SCT 158

Product Name

Figure No.

Extension Riser Clamp ...............................................................126 Extension Riser Clamp, Copper Tubing ...............................126CT Eye Rod, Machine Thread, Unwelded.................................33, 33L Eye Rod, Machine Thread, Welded .....................................93, 93L Eye Rods, Linked................................................................306, 341 Eye Socket .........................................................................12, 12CT Forged Steel Clevis...........................................................276, 276P Hanger Adjuster .................................................................38, 38CT Hanger Rod, All-Thread.....................................................94, 94SS Hanger Rod, Machine Thread..........................................133, 133L Hanger Rod, Round ....................................................................224 Harvard Roll Hanger...................................................................140 Hex Head Bolt.............................................................................162 Hex Nut ............................................................................165, 165H Hinge Hanger ................................................................................34 Hinge Hanger, Copper Tubing ................................................34CT Insulation Shield, Copper Tubing .....................................365 CVB Insulation Shield, Pipe...............265GS, 265P, 265CVB, 465 CVB Lag Rod .........................................................................................28 Lag Screw, Flattened End .............................................................11 Lock Washer................................................................................176 Pipe Alignment Guide ....................................................1006, 1007 Pipe Clamp, Cast Iron.................................................................158 Pipe Clamp, Double Bolt, Cast Iron.....................................158DB Pipe Clamp, Extended Offset .....................................................267 Pipe Clamp, Offset......................................................................179 Pipe Clamp, One Hole..............................................................237S Pipe Clamp, Three Bolt ..............................................................304 Pipe Clamp, Three Bolt, Alloy.................................................304Z Pipe Clamp, Three Bolt, Heavy Duty...........................................91 Pipe Clamp, Three Bolt, Heavy Duty-Alloy .............................91Z Pipe Clamp, Two Bolt ....................................................175, 175SP Pipe Clamp, Two Bolt, Heavy Duty...........................................298 Pipe Clip ........................................................................................72 Pipe Clip, Copper Tubing ........................................................72CT Pipe Covering Protection Saddle ........................351 through 357Z Pipe Roll................................................................................67, 173 Pipe Sleeve ..................................................................................450 Pipe Sleeve, Waterproof..............................................................453 Pipe Slide Assembly .................................................................1010 Pipe Stanchion with U-Bolt........................................................125 Pipe Strap................................................................................C1108 Pipe Support........................................................................136, 247 Pipe Support, Adjustable ....................................................101, 137 Purlin Clamp ...............................................................................290 Return Line Angle.......................................................................152 Return Line Hook .....................................................................227S Return Line, Offset Hook ...........................................................227 Right Angle Beam Clamp...........................................................282 Riser Clamp...........................................................................89, 124

INDEX BY PRODUCT NAME Product Name

Figure No.

Riser Clamp, Copper Tubing.................................................126CT Riser Clamp, Extension ..............................................................126 Riser Clamp, Plastic Pipe ......................................................126LD Riser Clamp, PVC Coated ...........................................126LD PVC Rod Coupling ....................................123, 123R, 123W, 167, 167R Roll Hanger, Havard ...................................................................140 Roll Support, Adjustable.....................................................109, 142 Roll and Plate ................................................................................63 Roller Chair ...................................................................................54 Roller Support .............................................................................333 Side Beam Bracket......................................................................303 Side Beam Clamp, Adjustable....................................................217 Side Beam Connector .............153, 153CT, 153PT, 153S, 153SCT Single Plate ..........................85, 85CT, 85BRT, 85PT, 85S, 85SCT Socket Clamp Washer, Underground..........................................258 Split Ring Hanger - Double Tapping.................................90, 90PT Split Ring Hanger - Double Tapping-Tubing..........................90CT Split Swivel Hanger, Adustable ..................................................240 Spring Hanger .............................................................................399 Stamped Steel Hanger..............................................................66CT Swing Rod Fitting .......................................................................701 Swivel Ring, Adjustable..............................................................800 Swivel Ring, Adjustable, Copper Tubing..............................800CT Swivel Ring, Adjustable, PVC Coated...............................800PVC Swivel Ring, NFPA ................................................................800FP Three Bolt Pipe Clamp, Heavy Duty ...........................................91 Three Bolt Pipe Clamp, Heavy Duty, Alloy ..............................91Z Toggle Bolt ....................................................................................59 Top Beam Clamp with Locking Nut ..........................................192 Top Beam Clamp, Retaining Clip .........................................192RS Top Beam Clamp, Wide Mouth with Nut ..............................192W Turnbuckle...................................................................................132 U-Bolt, Light Duty ...................................................................283L U-Bolt, PVC Coated ...........................................................283PVC U-Bolt, Short ...............................................................................222 U-Bolt, Stainless Steel............................................................283SS U-Bolt, Standard .........................................................................283 Vee Trough.............................................................................200VT Wall Bracket ..................................................................................49 Wall Pipe Support .......................................................................221 Washer - Round .......................................103, 103EG, 103G, 103S Washer Plate ................................................................................260 Washer Plate, Light Duty............................................................102 Wedge Anchor...........................................................................1309 Welding Clevis Attachment ........................................................216 Weldless Eyenut, Forged Steel.........................................279, 279L Welding Lug................................................................................220 Wire Tubing Hooks................................................................111CT

159

LIMITED WARRANTY

1. PRICES & DESIGNS: Prices and designs are subject to change without notice. All prices are F.O.B. point of shipment, unless otherwise stated. 2. DELIVERY: Seller will make every effort to complete delivery of products as indicted on seller’s acceptance of an order, but seller assumes no responsibility or liability, and will accept no backcharge for loss or damage due to delay or inability to deliver caused by acts of God, war, labor difficulties, accident, delays of carriers, contractors or suppliers, inability to obtain materials, shortages of fuel and energy, or and other causes of any kind beyond the control of seller. Under no circumstances shall seller be liable for any special or consequential damages or for loss, damage, or expenses directly or indirectly arising from delays or failure to give notice of delay. 3. SHIPMENTS: All products shipped will be carefully examined, counted, and packed. No claim for shortages will be allowed unless made in writing within ten (10) days of receipt of shipment. Claims for products damaged or lost in transit should be made on the carrier as seller’s responsibility ceases and the title passes on delivery to the carrier. 4. FREIGHT: All prices are F.O.B. point of shipment. On shipments weighing 2000 pounds or more, rail freight or motor freight at the lowest published rate is allowed to all US rail points or all US highway points listed in published tariffs (Hawaii and Alaska excluded). 5. RETURNS: Seller cannot accept the return of any product unless its written permission has been first obtained. Credit will be allowed on the basis of the price charged for the merchandise less a standard handling charge of twenty percent (20%) and less any freight charges allowed or paid by seller. Material not in first class salable condition will be subject to the total cost of reconditioning. Special or non-standard products are not subject to cancellation or return except on such terms as seller may specify upon application. 6. PRODUCT APPLICATION: Seller’s products are indented for installation and service as illustrated or described in seller’s catalog. Seller shall not be responsible for any losses or damage sustained by the buyer or any other person as a result of misapplication. Buyer shall defend, indemnify and save seller harmless from any and all liability or alleged liability, expenses, including legal fees arising from personal injuries including death or damage to property caused by reason of improper and/or negligent installation of pipe hangers designed and fabricated by seller. In accordance with our product development program, we reserve the right to revise the design and application of our products without notification. For latest product information, please contact the nearest Carpenter & Paterson office. 7. WARRANTY: Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. warrants for one (1) year from date of shipment that all products of Carpenter & Paterson manufacture will be free from defects in material and

160

workmanship when used for the purpose which Carpenter & Paterson recommends. Carpenter & Paterson warrants the products which it sells of other manufacturers only to the extent they are warranted to Carpenter & Paterson by the supplier. Claim for breach of the above warranty must be made within thirty (30) days from the date the material was determined by the Buyer to be defective or in any event within twelve (12) months from the date of delivery to the original users, unless otherwise stated. If Carpenter & Paterson deems to its satisfaction that the products are defective, the product will be repaired or replaced by Carpenter & Paterson, and no other charge will be allowed for labor or expense in repairing or replacing said product by the Buyer. In any event the amount of any adjustment shall not exceed the net sales price of the defective product. Where engineering design or fabrication work is supplied, Buyer’s acceptance of Seller’s design or delivery of work, shall relieve Carpenter & Paterson of all further obligation other than as expressed in Carpenter & Paterson’s product warranty. The foregoing constitutes the Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy under Carpenter & Paterson warranty. THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CARPENTER & PATERSON MAKES NO WARRANTY OF MECHANTABILITY. IN NO EVENT AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL CARPENTER & PATERSON BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE ARISING IN ANY MANNER OUT OF THE USE OR APPLICATION OF THE GOODS WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS PROPOSAL. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND IN NO EVENT WILL CARPENTER & PATERSON BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES WHETHER FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, OR ANY OTHER TORTIOUS ACT OR OMISSION. The terms of this warranty can be modified or changed only by authorization in writing by an officer of Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. Carpenter & Paterson neither assumes, nor authorizes any person to assume for it any obligation in connection with the sale of its products or parts of products which have been; repaired or altered outside of Sellers factory; subject to misuse, negligence, or accidents; or used in a manner contrary to the Seller’s instructions or recommendations. Seller shall not be responsible for design errors due to inaccurate or incomplete information supplied by the Buyer, or its representative. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. reserves the right to revise product design without notification. 8. TAXES: The amount of taxes applicable to the sale of material or services shall be added to the purchase price and shall be paid by buyer unless buyer provides seller with an exemption certificate acceptable to the taxing authorities. 9. MINIMUM INVOICE: $35.00 plus transportation. 10. TERMS: Net thirty (30) days; 1-1/2% per month service charge (18% per annum) will be charged on all delinquent accounts plus court costs and attorney fees.

FIGURE NUMBER INDEX Figure

Page

1A .............................11 1A PVC ....................11 1A CT.......................12 6................................86 9..............................101 10............................102 11............................130 12............................120 12CT.......................120 14..............................87 14A ...........................87 15..............................88 17..............................60 18..............................89 22..............................98 28............................120 31............................102 33............................121 33L .........................121 34..............................13 34CT.........................13 38............................121 38CT.......................121 39........................61, 62 40........................63, 64 47..............................99 47SS .........................99 49............................102 53........................65, 66 54..............................67 59............................130 63..............................68 66CT.........................14 67..............................69 69............................103 72..............................15 72CT.........................15 75............................104 75N .........................104 78............................103 81..............................16 81BRT ......................16 81CT.........................17 81PT .........................16 81SG.........................16 81SCT.......................17 82..............................90 83............................105 84............................105 85E .........................106 85B .........................106 85CT.......................106 85SE .......................106 85SCT.....................106

Figure

Page

89..............................18 90..............................19 90CT.........................19 90PT .........................19 91..............................20 91Z ...........................21 93............................122 93L .........................122 94............................123 94SS .......................123 100............................22 100CT.......................23 100DI........................24 100PVC ....................22 100EL .......................25 100SS .......................22 100SH.......................26 101............................27 101U .........................28 102..........................126 103..........................131 103E .......................131 103G .......................131 103S........................131 104F........................107 104M ......................107 107..........................131 108..........................108 108N .......................108 109............................70 110............................71 111............................28 113A .......................109 113B .......................109 114............................29 123..........................123 123R .......................122 123W ......................123 124............................30 125............................31 125SP .......................32 126............................32 126CT.......................33 126LD.......................34 126LD PVC..............34 126PVC ....................33 127............................34 132..........................125 133..........................124 133L .......................124 136............................35 136SP .......................32 137............................35 138............................36

Figure

Page

139..........................110 140......................72, 73 142......................74, 75 143..........................110 145............................37 150..........................111 151..........................111 152..........................112 153..........................112 153S........................112 157..........................125 158............................38 158DB ......................38 162..........................132 165..........................132 165H .......................132 166..........................133 167..........................126 167R .......................126 173............................77 175............................40 175SP .......................40 176..........................133 177..........................113 179............................39 192............................91 192W ........................92 192WRS ...................91 196..........................100 200............................41 200V .........................42 200VT.......................85 216..........................113 217............................93 220..........................114 221............................43 222............................44 224..........................126 227............................45 227S..........................45 237S..........................46 238............................99 240............................47 247............................46 258............................39 260..........................127 265CVB....................80 265GS.......................78 265P..........................79 267............................48 268............................94 276..........................128 276P........................128 279..........................128

Figure

Page

279L .......................128 282............................48 283......................49, 50 283L .........................51 283PVC ....................49 283SS .......................49 290............................95 297............................95 298............................52 303..........................115 304............................53 304Z .........................54 306..........................129 314............................96 333............................78 337..........................115 341..........................129 351.......................81-84 352.......................81-84 353.......................81-84 354.......................81-84 355.......................81-84 356.......................81-84 356Z ....................81-84 357Z ....................81-84 365CVB....................80 371..........................116 374..........................116 399..........................136 450..........................136 453..........................137 465CVB....................85 478..........................137 514..........................134 650..........................117 650N .......................117 701..........................129 702............................97 800............................55 800CT.......................56 800FP .......................57 800PVC ....................58 1006................138, 139 1007................140, 141 1010........................142 1020........................118 1022........................119 1309........................135 C1108 .......................59 DWV ........................59

SALES OFFICES AND WAREHOUSES MARYLAND 8941 D’Arcy Road Upper Marlboro, MD 20774 Tel: (301) 333-4631 Fax: (301) 333-4638

NEW JERSEY (SOUTH) 3900 River Road, P.O. Box 556 Pennsauken, NJ 08110-0556 Tel: (856) 488-1988 Fax: (856) 488-0824

MASSACHUSETTS 225 Merrimac Street Woburn, MA 01801 Tel: (781) 935-2950 Fax: (781) 935-7664

PENNSYLVANIA P.O. Box 461, 484 Galiffa Drive Donora Industrial Park Donora, PA 15033 Tel: (724) 379-8461 Fax: (724) 379-8463

NEW JERSEY (NORTH) 369 Jefferson Avenue Saddlebrook, NJ 07663 Tel: (973) 772-1800 Fax: (973) 772-8333

MANUFACTURING PLANTS MASSACHUSETTS 225 Merrimac Street Woburn, MA 01801 Tel: (781) 935-2950 Fax: (781) 935-7664

PENNSYLVANIA 484 Galiffa Drive Donora Industrial Park Donora, PA 15033 Tel: (724) 379-8461 Fax: (724) 379-8463

NEW JERSEY 369 Jefferson Avenue Saddlebrook, NJ 07663 Tel: (973) 772-1800 Fax: (973) 772-8333

EXECUTIVE OFFICES

225 Merrimac Street, Woburn, MA 01801 Tel: (781) 935-2950 • Fax: (781) 935-7664 e-mail: [email protected]

www.carpenterandpaterson.com WITCH PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS

DESIGNERS • ENGINEERS • MANUFACTURERS

Carpenter & Patterson Pipe Hangers

Recommend Documents